https://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Jon.Deitch&feedformat=atomGalen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki - User contributions [en]2024-03-29T07:19:00ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.35.1https://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2003715.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-07T23:08:38Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Problem */</p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain a list of all the net-new preferences in Allscripts TouchWorks 15.1 (when compared to version 11.4.1). Below, is a link to an .xls document with a full listing as well (coming soon)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search || Expand the list in search dialog | Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog | Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2003615.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-07T23:08:05Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain a list of all the net-new preferences in Allscripts TouchWorks 15.1 (when compared to version 11.4.1). Below, is a link to an .xls document with a full listing as well (coming soon)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=.NET_Preferences&diff=20035.NET Preferences2016-01-07T23:07:42Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>=How to set .NET Preferences=<br />
In the TWAdmin workspace, navigate to Preferences on the [[VTB]]. From this location you are able to edit preferences at the [[Enterprise]], [[Organizational]] or [[User]] level and determine if users will be able to override certain preferences on the front end.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Pref_Nav_75_Bold.jpg]]<br />
<br />
=Choosing Preferences Before Test Upgrade=<br />
This [[Media:.NET Preferences Workbook.xls|Excel Workbook]] is available to record preference decisions before the system is available.<br />
Preferences drive much of the system behavior so it is easier to complete the other build tasks if preferences are set first. Preference decisions often require input from multiple representatives of the clinical staff and can therefore be time consuming. For these two reasons it is sometimes helpful to start this decision process before the test upgrade. The preferences can always be altered after the clinical team sees the test system. The workbook also provides a record of your settings in the event a Hotfix or staff member changes them. We recommend only one person be allowed to change preferences and that same person maintain the workbook for change control.<br />
<br />
First review the following articles to understand how each level is set, then review each preference description and record the organization's decisions in the workbook available via download below.<br />
<br />
Pay special attention to article: [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT|Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT]]. This article explains how to use the last column of the workbook.<br />
<br />
=Setting Preferences at an Enterprise or Org Level=<br />
To set preferences for all users in a system and to establish which preferences users have the ability to personalize (set themselves), the administrator will set these preferences at an Enterprise level.<br />
The ability of users to personalize can only be set at the enterprise level, i.e. all users can personalize or no users can personalize. The ability of users to personalize cannot be set at the user level, i.e. it is not possible for one user to personalize and another not. <br />
<br />
For this example, we are going to set how a user’s favorites are populated.<br />
<br />
#To set preferences at the Enterprise level, select Enterprise from the Ent/Org/User Settings drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Select_Enterprise.jpg]]<br />
#The preferences for populating favorites are located under the General preferences category. Select General from the Preferences: drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Pref_Nav to General.jpg]]<br />
#Highlight the “Add Favorites Automatically” line <br />
#Click on the cell under the header “Value”<br />
#Setting the value to Y or N. <br />
#* Y = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will automatically be added to their favorites list<br />
#* N = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will not automatically be added to their favorites list.<br />
# To allow the user to change this preference, keep the Can Override box checked.<br />
#:[[Image:Set_Add_Fav_75.jpg]]<br />
#Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#Login as a user and test to see if the system acts as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences=<br />
For this example, the user level preference will be set to display the site selector when a user logs in<br />
<br />
#Select 'User' from the Ent/Org/User dropdown to edit settings at the user level<br />
#Select the organization the user belongs to<br />
#Click the binoculars to seach for the user. The Select a User dialog will open<br />
#:[[Image:LevelReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#Set the search criteria. In this case: UserName - Starting With - Test<br />
#Click binoculars to search<br />
#All users fitting the search criteria will be displayed. Highlight the user to be edited<br />
#Click OK<br />
#:[[Image:UserReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#:<br>The user level preferences will be displayed. Note that the User Can Override column is not available at this level. Only preferences with a value of user can override = Y will be visible.<br />
# Preferences are grouped into categories. Select the preference category from the Preference dropdown. For this example choose the preference category General<br />
# Select the preference row “Always Present Site Selector for User”<br />
# Click on the cell under the header “Value” and select a value from the dropdown. For a description of each preference and what the values will do, refer to [[TW .NET Preferences#TW .NET Preferences|TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
# Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#:[[Image:PrefReplacement.jpg]]<br />
# Login as a user and test to see if the system behaves as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT=<br />
In some cases, an organization may want to set a preference differently among users within the same organization. In this situation the best practice is to set the preference of the smaller group of users at the user level and leave the larger group of users at the org or enterprise level preference. These instructions demonstrate setting the site selector to appear at login for floating nurses who move from site to site, but not for anyone else.<br />
# Determine which group of users is smaller and create a list of their usernames. In this case, the floating nurses are the only users in the organization who prefer to have the site selector appear at login so they are the smaller group.<br />
# [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting Preferences at an Enterprise Level|Set the Enterprise or Org level preference]] based on what the majority of users prefers. Most users prefer the site selector not to appear at login, so set the Enterprise or Org level preference to N<br />
# Choose a member of the smaller group and [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences|set their preference at the user level in TW Admin]]. Test User is a floating nurse and wants the site selector to appear at login so set her user level preference to Y<br />
# Log out and extract the category '''TW .NET Preferences''' using SSMT<br />
# Use Excel to delete all rows except the one with 'Test User' under '''*HDRUserName'''<br />
#:[[Image:Excel1Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Copy the setting to create as many rows as there are users in the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel2Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Replace the '''*HDRUserName''' with the usernames of the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel3Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Reload the table<br />
<br />
For more details about the SSMT category '''TW .NET Preferences''' see [[SSMT: TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
<br />
=How a User can set their own Personal Preferences=<br />
A provider can personalize their preferences from the clinical toolbar. For this example we are going to say that this user wants to include active problems in past medical history and automatically post those problems to the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
*Login as a provider<br />
*Navigate to Chart on the vertical toolbar<br />
*Select the arrow on the far right hand side of the Clinical Toolbar<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref1.jpg]]<br />
*From the dropdown menu, select personalize.<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
This opens the Personalize dialog box. From here a provider has the ability to change many individualized settings to suit their personal preferences. <br />
<br />
Keep in mind - if the "User can Override" box was not checked in TWAdmin > Preferences for that preference, the user will see the preference greyed out in the Personalize menu. The preference "Double Click Action" demonstrates such behavior in the prior screenshot.<br />
<br />
*Navigate to the Problem Tab <br />
*Select “Problem include in PMH” and change the value to “checked for all”<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref3.jpg]]<br />
*Select “post problem to encounter” and change the value to Y<br />
*Click on Save<br />
<br />
=.NET Preferences=<br />
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.<br />
<br />
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.<br />
<br />
'''Categories'''<br />
Preferences are grouped into categories. The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results. Specific information about each preference is listed below.<br />
<br />
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting. Each of them must be reviewed with organizational workflows in mind.<br />
<br />
=='''Alert Preferences'''==<br />
''' AllergyListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.<br> <br />
<br />
*Note: Clicking the chart alert icon from the patient banner will populate the list of those not documented.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes-Allows users to select Don't Show Me Again </li><li>No-Users are always alerted when something is not documented</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' BPNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users.<br />
<br />
* Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager in the Allscripts Analytics Portal. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSReasonRequired'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not users are required to enter a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Not Required</li><li>Suppress</li><li>Exclude</li><li>Both Suppress and Exclude<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnauthorized'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking. Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnverified'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Medication''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance Medication Recommendations Alerts In Encounter Summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Misc'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Misc Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Problem'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Problem Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Results''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Ability to show Compliance: Results Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Provider Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Specialty Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
* Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EthnicityNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not documented.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' FamilyHxNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use<br />
(MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if a patient's family health history for a first degree relative is not documented .<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine when and where<br />
a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if there is a patient portal configured and<br />
the patient has not received information about how to access the portal.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Language has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Language, Race, or Ethnicity is not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Language, Race, or Ethnicity has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedAllergiesNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data - Order/Results''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Immunizations''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Medications''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Misc''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts". Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Problems''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueOrdersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueRemindersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ProblemsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Patient Problems are Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' RaceNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Race is not Documented. Places a MU alert in the encounter summary that Race has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show MU Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU. Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts. User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' SmokingStatus''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' WeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Weight is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==<br />
''' Works CT Batch Start Time''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00 am </li><li>2:00 am</li><li>3:00 am</li><li>4:00 am</li><li>5:00 am</li><li>6:00 am</li><li>7:00 am</li><li>7:00 pm</li><li>8:00 pm</li><li>9:00 pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Works CT Distance''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Education Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' EducationCounselorEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EducationProvidedEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''General Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean? <br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default<br />
<br />
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings<br />
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''<br />
*When set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXConfigured'''<br />
<br />
This controls access to Native Integration<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New to v11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allergy List Review'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.<br />
<br />
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.<br />
<br />
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' <br />
<br />
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides. Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities: <br />
<br />
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)<br />
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.<br />
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.<br />
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.<br />
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template. <br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:<br />
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template<br />
# Delete items or headers<br />
# Edit headers<br />
# Rearrange items or headers <br />
<br />
<br />
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.<br />
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site<br />
<br />
*Note: If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Audit level''' <br />
<br />
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including: <br />
<br />
#User name<br />
#Patient name<br />
#Patient MRN<br />
#Access date <br />
#Access time<br />
#Device used (Web, PDA)<br />
#Action time<br />
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)<br />
#WebFramework Page accessed <br />
<br />
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored. Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production. This is not seen often, but should be considered. These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. <br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''<br />
<br />
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient. IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first. If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''<br />
* This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.<br />
<br />
* If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.<br />
* If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.<br />
*Default Value: Opt-In<br />
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows the creation of future encounters<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:''' <br />
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''<br />
<br />
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system. This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Clinical Summary Document''' <br />
<br />
* Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Patient Profile Section''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
* The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.<br />
<br />
* The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" <br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty ID'''<br />
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''<br />
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Derive Entering For From'''<br />
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Cache'''<br />
* This preference is no longer used. However in earlier verions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Edit'''<br />
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Directives Editable'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''<br />
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' <br />
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen. This also allows the ability to upload pictures. <br />
* If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Double Click Action'''<br />
* If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.<br />
* If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''<br />
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment''' <br />
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.<br />
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' <br />
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."<br />
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable MSHV''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. <br />
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.<br />
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''<br />
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default. This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul> <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' <br />
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. <br />
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable). <br />
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''<br />
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)<br />
* When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''<br />
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''<br />
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. <br />
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password<br />
*Default Value: Blank<br />
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.<br />
* This is a numeric field<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Fax Warning Type''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List. <br />
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical<br />
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be<br />
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Info Button Access'''<br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.<br />
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.<br />
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Language Editable'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' <br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration. <br />
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''<br />
* This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.<br />
* '''N'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Configured''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.<br />
* '''N'''- data does not move in and out.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval''' <br />
* NOTE: Added in v11.4<br />
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.<br />
<br />
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days''' <br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.<br />
<br />
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification<br />
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.<br />
<br />
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.<br />
<br />
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''<br />
* Moved to HMP Preferences <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
* Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value. The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file. If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''<br />
<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated. The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary. If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.3<br />
<br />
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED). Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.<br />
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification. <br />
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™. <br />
<br />
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.<br />
<br />
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level<br />
<br />
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers. <br />
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.<br />
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally. Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.<br />
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the<br />
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR<br />
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are<br />
filed in the application.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.<br />
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences<br />
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPDefaultSearch''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.<br />
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/ - Galen Blog article with more details.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Print Patient Education Always'''<br />
* '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''<br />
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. <br />
* '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal. The setting determines whether this field is editable.<br />
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.<br />
<br />
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.<br />
<br />
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.<br />
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestMaxRetries'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed. <br />
<br />
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestTimeout'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button''' <br />
<br />
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. <br />
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' * <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UA Install Location''' <br />
* This preference is no longer used. <br />
<br />
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View<br />
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''<br />
<br />
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Charge Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'<br />
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed<br />
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Document Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Encounter Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''<br />
* This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify. <br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''<br />
<br />
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list. When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''HMP Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HMP Vitals Units'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.<br />
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Blank Rows'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Follow - up if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Instructions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Immunizations if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Laboratory if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Medication Admin if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Precautions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Referrals if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Supplies if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Medication'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Orders'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering''' <br />
<br />
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.<br />
<br />
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider''' <br />
<br />
*New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. <br />
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.<br />
<br />
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component. <br />
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. <br />
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record. <br />
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.<br />
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''<br />
<br />
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''<br />
<br />
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin By'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Date'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Dose'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Lot'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Route'''<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Site'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Disp Save Default'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''<br />
<br />
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.<br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''<br />
<br />
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application. In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken. In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.<br />
<br />
* '''Note''' this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub. This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse. If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.1.6. This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]] <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network. This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging. When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax. This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages. <br />
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts. If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. <br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number. <br />
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code. <br />
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.<br />
<br />
*Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med History Query Duration'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub. The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in 11.1.6<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.<br />
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default. <br />
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.<br />
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system. (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)<br />
<br />
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med. <br />
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.<br />
<br />
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved. This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script. * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". <br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task. This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.<br />
<br />
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider. This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking. This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Supervision'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order. This works with several other required authorization preferences. <br />
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorization. A new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists. The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set. This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''<br />
<br />
*New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)<br />
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription<br />
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with<br />
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb List Limit'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180<br />
days).<br />
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the<br />
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive<br />
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days). If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. <br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''<br />
<br />
This Value is a number representing number of hours. This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order. If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med/Orders List Review'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is currently not used.<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Monitor Order Selection'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders. This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides. This can be used to review workflows. This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Void Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. <br />
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''<br />
<br />
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or order. The system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding. <br />
<br />
*Default: Stay on worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Note Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.3<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Document Add Review Stamp''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.<br />
* If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.<br />
<br />
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note. This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Make Final'''<br />
<br />
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''<br />
<br />
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation<ul></li><li>Schedule<ul></li><li>Task View<ul></li><li>MD Charges<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Owner'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default owner for Notes.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.<br />
* If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user. This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.<br />
* If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<ul></li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Display'''<br />
<br />
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;<br />
Date/Time - Signature Type<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Type'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down menu that lists all available options from the Signature Type dictionary. The option selected will be defaulted into the Sign Note dialog box.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Active Entries from the Signature Type Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank/Train Users to Set the Appropriate Default| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Visit Type'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.<br />
* If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None<ul></li><li>Last<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit. The task will automatically be completed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary. Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.<br />
* '''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
* '''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes. The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Is Clinical Note User'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code''' <br />
<br />
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Post Text to Current Note'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''<br />
<br />
'''This preference is no longer used.'''<br />
<br />
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''<br />
<br />
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.<br />
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.<br />
* If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:''' <br />
<br />
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.<br />
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.<br />
<br />
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.<br />
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''<br />
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order. <br />
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.<br />
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Authorization'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.<br />
* If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Notify Level''' <br />
<br />
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''<br />
<br />
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.<br />
<br />
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of<br />
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders. This setting does not apply to medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching''' <br />
<br />
Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently. <br />
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider''' <br />
<br />
Note: New in v11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.<br />
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
* If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.<br />
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present. <br />
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By. <br />
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Problem Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default. <br />
<br />
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem<br />
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search<br />
Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user. This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.<br />
* If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details). The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Managed By Provider Required'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. <br />
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. <br />
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. <br />
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem List Review''' <br />
<br />
This is currently unused, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Billable Indicators'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.<br />
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.<br />
<br />
**Note: The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view. <br />
* If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When No Linked V code for PMH''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''3)Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search''' <br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Results Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen. <br />
* If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''<br />
<br />
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigate After Review'''<br />
<br />
Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is '''Not''' the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''<br />
<br />
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Go To Note''' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.<br />
* If set to '''Go To Next Patient''' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.<br />
* If set to '''Stay on Worklist''' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Go to Next Patient<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default communication method for Verify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for QVerify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for Verify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Current User''' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.<br />
* If set to '''Ordering Provider''' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Current User<ul></li><li>Ordering Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Ordering Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the results verification is required. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default. This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting. If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order. If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs). This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. <br />
<br />
This works in conjunction with the '''UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs''' preference. Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.<br />
<br />
::* If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to '''Never''' unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''. <br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Preliminary<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected<ul></li><li>Amended<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected or Amended <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results When To Release To CED's''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Never''', Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.<br />
* If set to '''1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days''', that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs: <br />
<br />
:Note:<br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never<ul></li><li>1 Days<ul></li><li>2 Days<ul></li><li>3 Days<ul></li><li>4 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. This requires extra setup and the UAI module. This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Vitals Picklist'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used. This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization Specific<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=Removed in 11.2=<br />
==From General==<br />
*UAIInstallLocation<br />
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc<br />
<br />
==From Orders==<br />
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition<br />
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition<br />
*OrderEntryAuthLevel<br />
*OrderEntryNotification<br />
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit<br />
<br />
=New in 11.4.1=<br />
<br />
*'''Free Text Reason for Status Change and Order Status Reason Preferences'''<br />
A new Text box has been added to the Change Status page, enabling you to enter a free text reason for changing the status of an order to Active, Completed, Canceled, Temporary Deferral, Permanent Deferral, Voided, Discontinued, and EIE (entered in error). You can use the Text box independently, or in addition to selecting other predefined order status reasons.<br />
Text entered in Text is included as part of the reason an order was not performed in clinical quality measure reports. You can view the text entered in the Text box in several areas the application, including the Orders component of the Clinical Desktop, Order Viewer, Order Details, the order Audit Viewer, and the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
Seventy-two new preferences have been added to the Order Status Reason category of TW Admin > Preferences and are described below.<br />
<br />
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''== <br />
<br />
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.<br />
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.<br />
<br />
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:<br />
::* '''Required'''<br />
::* '''Prompt'''<br />
::* '''Allowed'''<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''<br />
<br />
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order. <br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details<br />
::::Note: Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined<br />
reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also<br />
enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
=New in 15.1=<br />
[[15.1 Updated_Preferences]]<br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Return to: [[V10 to V11.2 Build Workbook (BW)]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Questions==<br />
*[[In_v10.2.4,_the_following_three_preferences_are_available:_PrescribeAuthCII,_PrescribeAuthCIIIoV_and_PrescribeAuthorization._I_cannot_find_these_same_preferences_in_v11.1.2._Has_their_name_changed%3F | Missing Med Order Preferences]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=.NET_Preferences&diff=20034.NET Preferences2016-01-07T23:06:29Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>=How to set .NET Preferences=<br />
In the TWAdmin workspace, navigate to Preferences on the [[VTB]]. From this location you are able to edit preferences at the [[Enterprise]], [[Organizational]] or [[User]] level and determine if users will be able to override certain preferences on the front end.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Pref_Nav_75_Bold.jpg]]<br />
<br />
=Choosing Preferences Before Test Upgrade=<br />
This [[Media:.NET Preferences Workbook.xls|Excel Workbook]] is available to record preference decisions before the system is available.<br />
Preferences drive much of the system behavior so it is easier to complete the other build tasks if preferences are set first. Preference decisions often require input from multiple representatives of the clinical staff and can therefore be time consuming. For these two reasons it is sometimes helpful to start this decision process before the test upgrade. The preferences can always be altered after the clinical team sees the test system. The workbook also provides a record of your settings in the event a Hotfix or staff member changes them. We recommend only one person be allowed to change preferences and that same person maintain the workbook for change control.<br />
<br />
First review the following articles to understand how each level is set, then review each preference description and record the organization's decisions in the workbook available via download below.<br />
<br />
Pay special attention to article: [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT|Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT]]. This article explains how to use the last column of the workbook.<br />
<br />
=Setting Preferences at an Enterprise or Org Level=<br />
To set preferences for all users in a system and to establish which preferences users have the ability to personalize (set themselves), the administrator will set these preferences at an Enterprise level.<br />
The ability of users to personalize can only be set at the enterprise level, i.e. all users can personalize or no users can personalize. The ability of users to personalize cannot be set at the user level, i.e. it is not possible for one user to personalize and another not. <br />
<br />
For this example, we are going to set how a user’s favorites are populated.<br />
<br />
#To set preferences at the Enterprise level, select Enterprise from the Ent/Org/User Settings drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Select_Enterprise.jpg]]<br />
#The preferences for populating favorites are located under the General preferences category. Select General from the Preferences: drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Pref_Nav to General.jpg]]<br />
#Highlight the “Add Favorites Automatically” line <br />
#Click on the cell under the header “Value”<br />
#Setting the value to Y or N. <br />
#* Y = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will automatically be added to their favorites list<br />
#* N = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will not automatically be added to their favorites list.<br />
# To allow the user to change this preference, keep the Can Override box checked.<br />
#:[[Image:Set_Add_Fav_75.jpg]]<br />
#Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#Login as a user and test to see if the system acts as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences=<br />
For this example, the user level preference will be set to display the site selector when a user logs in<br />
<br />
#Select 'User' from the Ent/Org/User dropdown to edit settings at the user level<br />
#Select the organization the user belongs to<br />
#Click the binoculars to seach for the user. The Select a User dialog will open<br />
#:[[Image:LevelReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#Set the search criteria. In this case: UserName - Starting With - Test<br />
#Click binoculars to search<br />
#All users fitting the search criteria will be displayed. Highlight the user to be edited<br />
#Click OK<br />
#:[[Image:UserReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#:<br>The user level preferences will be displayed. Note that the User Can Override column is not available at this level. Only preferences with a value of user can override = Y will be visible.<br />
# Preferences are grouped into categories. Select the preference category from the Preference dropdown. For this example choose the preference category General<br />
# Select the preference row “Always Present Site Selector for User”<br />
# Click on the cell under the header “Value” and select a value from the dropdown. For a description of each preference and what the values will do, refer to [[TW .NET Preferences#TW .NET Preferences|TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
# Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#:[[Image:PrefReplacement.jpg]]<br />
# Login as a user and test to see if the system behaves as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT=<br />
In some cases, an organization may want to set a preference differently among users within the same organization. In this situation the best practice is to set the preference of the smaller group of users at the user level and leave the larger group of users at the org or enterprise level preference. These instructions demonstrate setting the site selector to appear at login for floating nurses who move from site to site, but not for anyone else.<br />
# Determine which group of users is smaller and create a list of their usernames. In this case, the floating nurses are the only users in the organization who prefer to have the site selector appear at login so they are the smaller group.<br />
# [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting Preferences at an Enterprise Level|Set the Enterprise or Org level preference]] based on what the majority of users prefers. Most users prefer the site selector not to appear at login, so set the Enterprise or Org level preference to N<br />
# Choose a member of the smaller group and [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences|set their preference at the user level in TW Admin]]. Test User is a floating nurse and wants the site selector to appear at login so set her user level preference to Y<br />
# Log out and extract the category '''TW .NET Preferences''' using SSMT<br />
# Use Excel to delete all rows except the one with 'Test User' under '''*HDRUserName'''<br />
#:[[Image:Excel1Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Copy the setting to create as many rows as there are users in the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel2Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Replace the '''*HDRUserName''' with the usernames of the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel3Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Reload the table<br />
<br />
For more details about the SSMT category '''TW .NET Preferences''' see [[SSMT: TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
<br />
=How a User can set their own Personal Preferences=<br />
A provider can personalize their preferences from the clinical toolbar. For this example we are going to say that this user wants to include active problems in past medical history and automatically post those problems to the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
*Login as a provider<br />
*Navigate to Chart on the vertical toolbar<br />
*Select the arrow on the far right hand side of the Clinical Toolbar<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref1.jpg]]<br />
*From the dropdown menu, select personalize.<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
This opens the Personalize dialog box. From here a provider has the ability to change many individualized settings to suit their personal preferences. <br />
<br />
Keep in mind - if the "User can Override" box was not checked in TWAdmin > Preferences for that preference, the user will see the preference greyed out in the Personalize menu. The preference "Double Click Action" demonstrates such behavior in the prior screenshot.<br />
<br />
*Navigate to the Problem Tab <br />
*Select “Problem include in PMH” and change the value to “checked for all”<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref3.jpg]]<br />
*Select “post problem to encounter” and change the value to Y<br />
*Click on Save<br />
<br />
=.NET Preferences=<br />
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.<br />
<br />
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.<br />
<br />
'''Categories'''<br />
Preferences are grouped into categories. The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results. Specific information about each preference is listed below.<br />
<br />
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting. Each of them must be reviewed with organizational workflows in mind.<br />
<br />
=='''Alert Preferences'''==<br />
''' AllergyListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.<br> <br />
<br />
*Note: Clicking the chart alert icon from the patient banner will populate the list of those not documented.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes-Allows users to select Don't Show Me Again </li><li>No-Users are always alerted when something is not documented</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' BPNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users.<br />
<br />
* Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager in the Allscripts Analytics Portal. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSReasonRequired'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not users are required to enter a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Not Required</li><li>Suppress</li><li>Exclude</li><li>Both Suppress and Exclude<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnauthorized'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking. Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnverified'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Medication''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance Medication Recommendations Alerts In Encounter Summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Misc'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Misc Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Problem'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Problem Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Results''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Ability to show Compliance: Results Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Provider Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Specialty Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
* Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EthnicityNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not documented.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' FamilyHxNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use<br />
(MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if a patient's family health history for a first degree relative is not documented .<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine when and where<br />
a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if there is a patient portal configured and<br />
the patient has not received information about how to access the portal.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Language has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Language, Race, or Ethnicity is not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Language, Race, or Ethnicity has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedAllergiesNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data - Order/Results''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Immunizations''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Medications''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Misc''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts". Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Problems''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueOrdersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueRemindersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ProblemsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Patient Problems are Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' RaceNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Race is not Documented. Places a MU alert in the encounter summary that Race has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show MU Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU. Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts. User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' SmokingStatus''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' WeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Weight is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==<br />
''' Works CT Batch Start Time''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00 am </li><li>2:00 am</li><li>3:00 am</li><li>4:00 am</li><li>5:00 am</li><li>6:00 am</li><li>7:00 am</li><li>7:00 pm</li><li>8:00 pm</li><li>9:00 pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Works CT Distance''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Education Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' EducationCounselorEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EducationProvidedEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''General Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean? <br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default<br />
<br />
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings<br />
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''<br />
*When set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXConfigured'''<br />
<br />
This controls access to Native Integration<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New to v11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allergy List Review'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.<br />
<br />
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.<br />
<br />
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' <br />
<br />
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides. Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities: <br />
<br />
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)<br />
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.<br />
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.<br />
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.<br />
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template. <br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:<br />
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template<br />
# Delete items or headers<br />
# Edit headers<br />
# Rearrange items or headers <br />
<br />
<br />
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.<br />
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site<br />
<br />
*Note: If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Audit level''' <br />
<br />
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including: <br />
<br />
#User name<br />
#Patient name<br />
#Patient MRN<br />
#Access date <br />
#Access time<br />
#Device used (Web, PDA)<br />
#Action time<br />
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)<br />
#WebFramework Page accessed <br />
<br />
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored. Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production. This is not seen often, but should be considered. These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. <br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''<br />
<br />
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient. IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first. If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''<br />
* This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.<br />
<br />
* If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.<br />
* If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.<br />
*Default Value: Opt-In<br />
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows the creation of future encounters<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:''' <br />
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''<br />
<br />
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system. This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Clinical Summary Document''' <br />
<br />
* Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Patient Profile Section''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
* The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.<br />
<br />
* The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" <br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty ID'''<br />
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''<br />
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Derive Entering For From'''<br />
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Cache'''<br />
* This preference is no longer used. However in earlier verions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Edit'''<br />
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Directives Editable'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''<br />
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' <br />
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen. This also allows the ability to upload pictures. <br />
* If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Double Click Action'''<br />
* If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.<br />
* If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''<br />
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment''' <br />
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.<br />
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' <br />
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."<br />
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable MSHV''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. <br />
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.<br />
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''<br />
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default. This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul> <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' <br />
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. <br />
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable). <br />
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''<br />
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)<br />
* When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''<br />
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''<br />
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. <br />
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password<br />
*Default Value: Blank<br />
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.<br />
* This is a numeric field<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Fax Warning Type''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List. <br />
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical<br />
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be<br />
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Info Button Access'''<br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.<br />
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.<br />
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Language Editable'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' <br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration. <br />
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''<br />
* This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.<br />
* '''N'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Configured''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.<br />
* '''N'''- data does not move in and out.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval''' <br />
* NOTE: Added in v11.4<br />
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.<br />
<br />
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days''' <br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.<br />
<br />
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification<br />
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.<br />
<br />
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.<br />
<br />
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''<br />
* Moved to HMP Preferences <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
* Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value. The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file. If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''<br />
<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated. The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary. If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.3<br />
<br />
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED). Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.<br />
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification. <br />
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™. <br />
<br />
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.<br />
<br />
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level<br />
<br />
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers. <br />
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.<br />
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally. Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.<br />
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the<br />
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR<br />
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are<br />
filed in the application.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.<br />
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences<br />
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPDefaultSearch''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.<br />
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/ - Galen Blog article with more details.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Print Patient Education Always'''<br />
* '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''<br />
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. <br />
* '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal. The setting determines whether this field is editable.<br />
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.<br />
<br />
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.<br />
<br />
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.<br />
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestMaxRetries'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed. <br />
<br />
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestTimeout'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button''' <br />
<br />
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. <br />
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' * <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UA Install Location''' <br />
* This preference is no longer used. <br />
<br />
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View<br />
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''<br />
<br />
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Charge Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'<br />
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed<br />
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Document Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Encounter Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''<br />
* This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify. <br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''<br />
<br />
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list. When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''HMP Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HMP Vitals Units'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.<br />
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Blank Rows'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Follow - up if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Instructions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Immunizations if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Laboratory if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Medication Admin if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Precautions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Referrals if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Supplies if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Medication'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Orders'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering''' <br />
<br />
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.<br />
<br />
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider''' <br />
<br />
*New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. <br />
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.<br />
<br />
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component. <br />
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. <br />
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record. <br />
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.<br />
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''<br />
<br />
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''<br />
<br />
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin By'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Date'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Dose'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Lot'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Route'''<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Site'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Disp Save Default'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''<br />
<br />
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.<br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''<br />
<br />
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application. In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken. In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.<br />
<br />
* '''Note''' this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub. This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse. If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.1.6. This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]] <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network. This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging. When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax. This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages. <br />
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts. If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. <br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number. <br />
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code. <br />
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.<br />
<br />
*Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med History Query Duration'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub. The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in 11.1.6<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.<br />
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default. <br />
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.<br />
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system. (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)<br />
<br />
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med. <br />
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.<br />
<br />
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved. This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script. * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". <br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task. This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.<br />
<br />
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider. This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking. This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Supervision'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order. This works with several other required authorization preferences. <br />
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorization. A new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists. The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set. This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''<br />
<br />
*New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)<br />
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription<br />
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with<br />
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb List Limit'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180<br />
days).<br />
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the<br />
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive<br />
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days). If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. <br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''<br />
<br />
This Value is a number representing number of hours. This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order. If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med/Orders List Review'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is currently not used.<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Monitor Order Selection'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders. This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides. This can be used to review workflows. This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Void Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. <br />
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''<br />
<br />
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or order. The system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding. <br />
<br />
*Default: Stay on worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Note Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.3<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Document Add Review Stamp''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.<br />
* If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.<br />
<br />
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note. This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Make Final'''<br />
<br />
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''<br />
<br />
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation<ul></li><li>Schedule<ul></li><li>Task View<ul></li><li>MD Charges<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Owner'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default owner for Notes.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.<br />
* If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user. This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.<br />
* If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<ul></li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Display'''<br />
<br />
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;<br />
Date/Time - Signature Type<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Type'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down menu that lists all available options from the Signature Type dictionary. The option selected will be defaulted into the Sign Note dialog box.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Active Entries from the Signature Type Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank/Train Users to Set the Appropriate Default| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Visit Type'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.<br />
* If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None<ul></li><li>Last<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit. The task will automatically be completed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary. Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.<br />
* '''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
* '''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes. The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Is Clinical Note User'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code''' <br />
<br />
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Post Text to Current Note'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''<br />
<br />
'''This preference is no longer used.'''<br />
<br />
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''<br />
<br />
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.<br />
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.<br />
* If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:''' <br />
<br />
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.<br />
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.<br />
<br />
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.<br />
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''<br />
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order. <br />
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.<br />
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Authorization'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.<br />
* If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Notify Level''' <br />
<br />
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''<br />
<br />
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.<br />
<br />
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of<br />
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders. This setting does not apply to medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching''' <br />
<br />
Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently. <br />
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider''' <br />
<br />
Note: New in v11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.<br />
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
* If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.<br />
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present. <br />
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By. <br />
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Problem Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default. <br />
<br />
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem<br />
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search<br />
Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user. This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.<br />
* If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details). The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Managed By Provider Required'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. <br />
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. <br />
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. <br />
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem List Review''' <br />
<br />
This is currently unused, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Billable Indicators'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.<br />
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.<br />
<br />
**Note: The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view. <br />
* If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When No Linked V code for PMH''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''3)Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search''' <br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Results Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen. <br />
* If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''<br />
<br />
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigate After Review'''<br />
<br />
Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is '''Not''' the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''<br />
<br />
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Go To Note''' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.<br />
* If set to '''Go To Next Patient''' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.<br />
* If set to '''Stay on Worklist''' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Go to Next Patient<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default communication method for Verify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for QVerify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for Verify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Current User''' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.<br />
* If set to '''Ordering Provider''' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Current User<ul></li><li>Ordering Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Ordering Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the results verification is required. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default. This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting. If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order. If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs). This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. <br />
<br />
This works in conjunction with the '''UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs''' preference. Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.<br />
<br />
::* If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to '''Never''' unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''. <br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Preliminary<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected<ul></li><li>Amended<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected or Amended <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results When To Release To CED's''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Never''', Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.<br />
* If set to '''1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days''', that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs: <br />
<br />
:Note:<br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never<ul></li><li>1 Days<ul></li><li>2 Days<ul></li><li>3 Days<ul></li><li>4 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. This requires extra setup and the UAI module. This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Vitals Picklist'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used. This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization Specific<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=Removed in 11.2=<br />
==From General==<br />
*UAIInstallLocation<br />
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc<br />
<br />
==From Orders==<br />
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition<br />
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition<br />
*OrderEntryAuthLevel<br />
*OrderEntryNotification<br />
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit<br />
<br />
=New in 11.4.1=<br />
<br />
*'''Free Text Reason for Status Change and Order Status Reason Preferences'''<br />
A new Text box has been added to the Change Status page, enabling you to enter a free text reason for changing the status of an order to Active, Completed, Canceled, Temporary Deferral, Permanent Deferral, Voided, Discontinued, and EIE (entered in error). You can use the Text box independently, or in addition to selecting other predefined order status reasons.<br />
Text entered in Text is included as part of the reason an order was not performed in clinical quality measure reports. You can view the text entered in the Text box in several areas the application, including the Orders component of the Clinical Desktop, Order Viewer, Order Details, the order Audit Viewer, and the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
Seventy-two new preferences have been added to the Order Status Reason category of TW Admin > Preferences and are described below.<br />
<br />
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''== <br />
<br />
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.<br />
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.<br />
<br />
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:<br />
::* '''Required'''<br />
::* '''Prompt'''<br />
::* '''Allowed'''<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''<br />
<br />
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order. <br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details<br />
::::Note: Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined<br />
reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also<br />
enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
=New to 15.1=<br />
[[15.1 Updated_Preferences]]<br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Return to: [[V10 to V11.2 Build Workbook (BW)]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Questions==<br />
*[[In_v10.2.4,_the_following_three_preferences_are_available:_PrescribeAuthCII,_PrescribeAuthCIIIoV_and_PrescribeAuthorization._I_cannot_find_these_same_preferences_in_v11.1.2._Has_their_name_changed%3F | Missing Med Order Preferences]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=.NET_Preferences&diff=20033.NET Preferences2016-01-07T23:05:20Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>=How to set .NET Preferences=<br />
In the TWAdmin workspace, navigate to Preferences on the [[VTB]]. From this location you are able to edit preferences at the [[Enterprise]], [[Organizational]] or [[User]] level and determine if users will be able to override certain preferences on the front end.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Pref_Nav_75_Bold.jpg]]<br />
<br />
=Choosing Preferences Before Test Upgrade=<br />
This [[Media:.NET Preferences Workbook.xls|Excel Workbook]] is available to record preference decisions before the system is available.<br />
Preferences drive much of the system behavior so it is easier to complete the other build tasks if preferences are set first. Preference decisions often require input from multiple representatives of the clinical staff and can therefore be time consuming. For these two reasons it is sometimes helpful to start this decision process before the test upgrade. The preferences can always be altered after the clinical team sees the test system. The workbook also provides a record of your settings in the event a Hotfix or staff member changes them. We recommend only one person be allowed to change preferences and that same person maintain the workbook for change control.<br />
<br />
First review the following articles to understand how each level is set, then review each preference description and record the organization's decisions in the workbook available via download below.<br />
<br />
Pay special attention to article: [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT|Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT]]. This article explains how to use the last column of the workbook.<br />
<br />
=Setting Preferences at an Enterprise or Org Level=<br />
To set preferences for all users in a system and to establish which preferences users have the ability to personalize (set themselves), the administrator will set these preferences at an Enterprise level.<br />
The ability of users to personalize can only be set at the enterprise level, i.e. all users can personalize or no users can personalize. The ability of users to personalize cannot be set at the user level, i.e. it is not possible for one user to personalize and another not. <br />
<br />
For this example, we are going to set how a user’s favorites are populated.<br />
<br />
#To set preferences at the Enterprise level, select Enterprise from the Ent/Org/User Settings drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Select_Enterprise.jpg]]<br />
#The preferences for populating favorites are located under the General preferences category. Select General from the Preferences: drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Pref_Nav to General.jpg]]<br />
#Highlight the “Add Favorites Automatically” line <br />
#Click on the cell under the header “Value”<br />
#Setting the value to Y or N. <br />
#* Y = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will automatically be added to their favorites list<br />
#* N = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will not automatically be added to their favorites list.<br />
# To allow the user to change this preference, keep the Can Override box checked.<br />
#:[[Image:Set_Add_Fav_75.jpg]]<br />
#Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#Login as a user and test to see if the system acts as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences=<br />
For this example, the user level preference will be set to display the site selector when a user logs in<br />
<br />
#Select 'User' from the Ent/Org/User dropdown to edit settings at the user level<br />
#Select the organization the user belongs to<br />
#Click the binoculars to seach for the user. The Select a User dialog will open<br />
#:[[Image:LevelReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#Set the search criteria. In this case: UserName - Starting With - Test<br />
#Click binoculars to search<br />
#All users fitting the search criteria will be displayed. Highlight the user to be edited<br />
#Click OK<br />
#:[[Image:UserReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#:<br>The user level preferences will be displayed. Note that the User Can Override column is not available at this level. Only preferences with a value of user can override = Y will be visible.<br />
# Preferences are grouped into categories. Select the preference category from the Preference dropdown. For this example choose the preference category General<br />
# Select the preference row “Always Present Site Selector for User”<br />
# Click on the cell under the header “Value” and select a value from the dropdown. For a description of each preference and what the values will do, refer to [[TW .NET Preferences#TW .NET Preferences|TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
# Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#:[[Image:PrefReplacement.jpg]]<br />
# Login as a user and test to see if the system behaves as expected<br />
<br />
=Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT=<br />
In some cases, an organization may want to set a preference differently among users within the same organization. In this situation the best practice is to set the preference of the smaller group of users at the user level and leave the larger group of users at the org or enterprise level preference. These instructions demonstrate setting the site selector to appear at login for floating nurses who move from site to site, but not for anyone else.<br />
# Determine which group of users is smaller and create a list of their usernames. In this case, the floating nurses are the only users in the organization who prefer to have the site selector appear at login so they are the smaller group.<br />
# [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting Preferences at an Enterprise Level|Set the Enterprise or Org level preference]] based on what the majority of users prefers. Most users prefer the site selector not to appear at login, so set the Enterprise or Org level preference to N<br />
# Choose a member of the smaller group and [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences|set their preference at the user level in TW Admin]]. Test User is a floating nurse and wants the site selector to appear at login so set her user level preference to Y<br />
# Log out and extract the category '''TW .NET Preferences''' using SSMT<br />
# Use Excel to delete all rows except the one with 'Test User' under '''*HDRUserName'''<br />
#:[[Image:Excel1Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Copy the setting to create as many rows as there are users in the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel2Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Replace the '''*HDRUserName''' with the usernames of the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel3Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Reload the table<br />
<br />
For more details about the SSMT category '''TW .NET Preferences''' see [[SSMT: TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
<br />
=How a User can set their own Personal Preferences=<br />
A provider can personalize their preferences from the clinical toolbar. For this example we are going to say that this user wants to include active problems in past medical history and automatically post those problems to the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
*Login as a provider<br />
*Navigate to Chart on the vertical toolbar<br />
*Select the arrow on the far right hand side of the Clinical Toolbar<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref1.jpg]]<br />
*From the dropdown menu, select personalize.<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
This opens the Personalize dialog box. From here a provider has the ability to change many individualized settings to suit their personal preferences. <br />
<br />
Keep in mind - if the "User can Override" box was not checked in TWAdmin > Preferences for that preference, the user will see the preference greyed out in the Personalize menu. The preference "Double Click Action" demonstrates such behavior in the prior screenshot.<br />
<br />
*Navigate to the Problem Tab <br />
*Select “Problem include in PMH” and change the value to “checked for all”<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref3.jpg]]<br />
*Select “post problem to encounter” and change the value to Y<br />
*Click on Save<br />
<br />
=.NET Preferences=<br />
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.<br />
<br />
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.<br />
<br />
'''Categories'''<br />
Preferences are grouped into categories. The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results. Specific information about each preference is listed below.<br />
<br />
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting. Each of them must be reviewed with organizational workflows in mind.<br />
<br />
=='''Alert Preferences'''==<br />
''' AllergyListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.<br> <br />
<br />
*Note: Clicking the chart alert icon from the patient banner will populate the list of those not documented.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes-Allows users to select Don't Show Me Again </li><li>No-Users are always alerted when something is not documented</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' BPNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users.<br />
<br />
* Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager in the Allscripts Analytics Portal. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSReasonRequired'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not users are required to enter a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Not Required</li><li>Suppress</li><li>Exclude</li><li>Both Suppress and Exclude<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnauthorized'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking. Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' CDSSendUnverified'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Send Unauthorized</li><li>Do Not Send Unauthorized <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Medication''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance Medication Recommendations Alerts In Encounter Summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Misc'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Misc Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Problem'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Problem Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Compliance Results''' <br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Ability to show Compliance: Results Recommendations in "My Alerts".<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Provider Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Display Specialty Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
* Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No default<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EthnicityNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not documented.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' FamilyHxNotDocumented'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use<br />
(MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if a patient's family health history for a first degree relative is not documented .<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided'''<br />
<br />
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine when and where<br />
a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if there is a patient portal configured and<br />
the patient has not received information about how to access the portal.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Language has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Language, Race, or Ethnicity is not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Language, Race, or Ethnicity has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedAllergiesNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedListNotReconciled''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' MedsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data - Order/Results''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Immunizations''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Medications''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Misc''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts". Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Missing Data Problems''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueOrdersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' OverdueRemindersAlerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show all orders in my alerts</li><li>Show all orders in All Other Alerts</li><li>Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others </li><li>Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show all orders in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ProblemsNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Patient Problems are Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' RaceNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Race is not Documented. Places a MU alert in the encounter summary that Race has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show MU Alerts''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU. Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts. User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' SmokingStatus''' <br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' WeightNotDocumented''' <br />
<br />
Indicates that Weight is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==<br />
''' Works CT Batch Start Time''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00 am </li><li>2:00 am</li><li>3:00 am</li><li>4:00 am</li><li>5:00 am</li><li>6:00 am</li><li>7:00 am</li><li>7:00 pm</li><li>8:00 pm</li><li>9:00 pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Works CT Distance''' <br />
<br />
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.<br />
<br />
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Education Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' EducationCounselorEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' EducationProvidedEditable''' <br />
<br />
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''General Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean? <br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default<br />
<br />
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings<br />
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''<br />
*When set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXConfigured'''<br />
<br />
This controls access to Native Integration<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New to v11.4<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allergy List Review'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.<br />
<br />
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.<br />
<br />
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' <br />
<br />
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides. Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities: <br />
<br />
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)<br />
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.<br />
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.<br />
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.<br />
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template. <br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:<br />
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template<br />
# Delete items or headers<br />
# Edit headers<br />
# Rearrange items or headers <br />
<br />
<br />
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.<br />
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site<br />
<br />
*Note: If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Audit level''' <br />
<br />
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including: <br />
<br />
#User name<br />
#Patient name<br />
#Patient MRN<br />
#Access date <br />
#Access time<br />
#Device used (Web, PDA)<br />
#Action time<br />
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)<br />
#WebFramework Page accessed <br />
<br />
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored. Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production. This is not seen often, but should be considered. These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. <br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.<br />
* If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
* If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''<br />
<br />
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient. IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first. If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''<br />
* This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:''' <br />
<br />
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.<br />
<br />
* If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.<br />
* If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.<br />
*Default Value: Opt-In<br />
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows the creation of future encounters<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:''' <br />
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''<br />
<br />
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system. This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Clinical Summary Document''' <br />
<br />
* Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Patient Profile Section''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
* The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.<br />
<br />
* The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" <br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty ID'''<br />
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''<br />
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''<br />
<br />
*NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Derive Entering For From'''<br />
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Cache'''<br />
* This preference is no longer used. However in earlier verions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Edit'''<br />
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Directives Editable'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''<br />
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' <br />
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen. This also allows the ability to upload pictures. <br />
* If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Double Click Action'''<br />
* If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.<br />
* If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''<br />
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.<br />
<br />
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.<br />
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment''' <br />
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.<br />
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' <br />
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."<br />
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable MSHV''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. <br />
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.<br />
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''<br />
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default. This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul> <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' <br />
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. <br />
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable). <br />
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''<br />
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)<br />
* When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''<br />
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''<br />
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. <br />
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password<br />
*Default Value: Blank<br />
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.<br />
* This is a numeric field<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Fax Warning Type''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List. <br />
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical<br />
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be<br />
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Info Button Access'''<br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.<br />
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.<br />
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Language Editable'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' <br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration. <br />
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''<br />
* When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
* When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''<br />
* This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.<br />
* '''N'''- when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.<br />
* '''N'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Configured''' <br />
* Note: New in v11.4.1<br />
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.<br />
* '''N'''- data does not move in and out.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval''' <br />
* NOTE: Added in v11.4<br />
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.<br />
<br />
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days''' <br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.<br />
<br />
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification<br />
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.<br />
<br />
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.<br />
<br />
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.<br />
<br />
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''<br />
* Moved to HMP Preferences <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
* Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value. The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file. If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''<br />
<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated. The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary. If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.3<br />
<br />
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED). Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.<br />
<br />
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.<br />
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification. <br />
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™. <br />
<br />
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.<br />
<br />
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level<br />
<br />
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers. <br />
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.<br />
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally. Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.<br />
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the<br />
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR<br />
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal<br />
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are<br />
filed in the application.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.<br />
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences<br />
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.<br />
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPDefaultSearch''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PCPEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4<br />
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.<br />
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/ - Galen Blog article with more details.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Print Patient Education Always'''<br />
* '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''<br />
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. <br />
* '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal. The setting determines whether this field is editable.<br />
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.<br />
<br />
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' <br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable''' <br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.<br />
<br />
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.<br />
<br />
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.<br />
<br />
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.<br />
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestMaxRetries'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed. <br />
<br />
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RequestTimeout'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button''' <br />
<br />
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. <br />
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' * <br />
<br />
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UA Install Location''' <br />
* This preference is no longer used. <br />
<br />
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View<br />
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''<br />
<br />
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Charge Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'<br />
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed<br />
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Document Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™. <br />
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Wand Encounter Enabled''' <br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen. <br />
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''<br />
* This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify. <br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''<br />
<br />
* NOTE: Added in 11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''<br />
<br />
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list. When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''HMP Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' HMP Vitals Units'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.<br />
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. <br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.<br />
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
* Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
*Note: New V11.4<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''<br />
<br />
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Blank Rows'''<br />
<br />
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Follow - up if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Instructions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Immunizations if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Laboratory if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Medication Admin if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Precautions if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Show Referrals if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Show Supplies if'''<br />
<br />
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Medication'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Suppress Other Orders'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering''' <br />
<br />
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.<br />
<br />
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.<br />
<br />
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider''' <br />
<br />
*New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. <br />
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.<br />
<br />
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''<br />
<br />
* Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component. <br />
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. <br />
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record. <br />
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
<br />
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.<br />
<br />
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.<br />
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''<br />
<br />
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''<br />
<br />
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.<br />
* If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.<br />
* If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.<br />
* If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.<br />
* If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin By'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Date'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Dose'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Lot'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Route'''<br />
<br />
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Admin Site'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.<br />
<br />
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.<br />
<br />
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Default Disp Save Default'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''<br />
<br />
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.<br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never". <br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''<br />
<br />
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application. In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken. In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.<br />
<br />
* '''Note''' this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub. This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse. If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in V11.1.6. This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]] <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network. This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging. When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax. This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages. <br />
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''<br />
<br />
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts. If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. <br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. <br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number. <br />
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code. <br />
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.<br />
<br />
*Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - NDC'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. <br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med History Query Duration'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub. The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in 11.1.6<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.<br />
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default. <br />
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.<br />
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system. (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)<br />
<br />
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med. <br />
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.<br />
<br />
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available. <br />
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved. This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script. * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". <br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task. This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.<br />
<br />
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider. This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking. This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions. <br />
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Supervision'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order. This works with several other required authorization preferences. <br />
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorization. A new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists. The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined. <br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set. This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4 <br />
<br />
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''<br />
<br />
*New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)<br />
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription<br />
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with<br />
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N' ''and''<br />
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'<br />
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. <br />
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. <br />
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''<br />
<br />
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.<br />
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications. <br />
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. <br />
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''<br />
<br />
*Note: Added in v11.4<br />
<br />
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' RxWeb List Limit'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Lot Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180<br />
days).<br />
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the<br />
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.2.2<br />
<br />
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive<br />
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days). If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. <br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. <br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''<br />
<br />
This Value is a number representing number of hours. This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order. If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify. <br />
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Med/Orders List Review'''<br />
<br />
*Note: This preference is currently not used.<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Monitor Order Selection'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders. This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides. This can be used to review workflows. This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data. <br />
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Order Void Reason'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. <br />
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. <br />
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''<br />
<br />
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or order. The system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding. <br />
<br />
*Default: Stay on worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Note Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.3<br />
<br />
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Document Add Review Stamp''' <br />
<br />
* Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.<br />
* If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.<br />
<br />
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note. This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Make Final'''<br />
<br />
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''<br />
<br />
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation<ul></li><li>Schedule<ul></li><li>Task View<ul></li><li>MD Charges<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Owner'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default owner for Notes.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.<br />
* If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user. This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.<br />
* If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<ul></li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Display'''<br />
<br />
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;<br />
Date/Time - Signature Type<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<ul></li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Signature Type'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down menu that lists all available options from the Signature Type dictionary. The option selected will be defaulted into the Sign Note dialog box.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Active Entries from the Signature Type Dictionary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank/Train Users to Set the Appropriate Default| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Visit Type'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.<br />
* If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None<ul></li><li>Last<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit. The task will automatically be completed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''<br />
<br />
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary. Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.<br />
* '''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
* '''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes. The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Is Clinical Note User'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code''' <br />
<br />
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Post Text to Current Note'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''<br />
<br />
'''This preference is no longer used.'''<br />
<br />
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''<br />
<br />
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Orders Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''<br />
<br />
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.<br />
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.<br />
* If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:''' <br />
<br />
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 0-99<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.<br />
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:''' <br />
<br />
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.<br />
<br />
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.<br />
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''<br />
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order. <br />
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.<br />
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.<br />
* If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Authorization'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.<br />
* If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Entry Notify Level''' <br />
<br />
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''<br />
<br />
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.<br />
<br />
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of<br />
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order. <br />
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent. <br />
* If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders. This setting does not apply to medications.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching''' <br />
<br />
Note: Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently. <br />
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider''' <br />
<br />
Note: New in v11.2<br />
<br />
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.<br />
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
* If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.<br />
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present. <br />
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By. <br />
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background). <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Problem Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:''' <br />
<br />
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''<br />
<br />
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default. <br />
<br />
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem<br />
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search<br />
Dialog.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user. This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.<br />
* If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details). The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|} <br />
<br />
'''Managed By Provider Required'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. <br />
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. <br />
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. <br />
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Problem List Review''' <br />
<br />
This is currently unused, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Billable Indicators'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.<br />
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.<br />
<br />
**Note: The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''<br />
<br />
NOTE: Added in 11.4<br />
<br />
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view. <br />
* If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''When No Linked V code for PMH''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''<br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''3)Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search''' <br />
<br />
Note: New to v11.3 <br />
<br />
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul><br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=='''Results Preferences'''==<br />
<br />
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen. <br />
* If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''<br />
<br />
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
<br />
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5 <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
* When set to '''Y''' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default. <br />
* When set to '''N''' the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box. <br />
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''<br />
<br />
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Prevent''' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Warn''' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigate After Review'''<br />
<br />
Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is '''Not''' the ordering provider.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''<br />
<br />
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Go To Note''' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.<br />
* If set to '''Go To Next Patient''' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.<br />
* If set to '''Stay on Worklist''' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Go to Next Patient<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Updated Values in 11.4.1<br />
<br />
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of QVerify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.<br />
* If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.<br />
* If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default communication method for Verify. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.<br />
* If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. <br />
* If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line'''<br />
<br />
'''NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text <br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for QVerify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for Verify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Current User''' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.<br />
* If set to '''Ordering Provider''' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Current User<ul></li><li>Ordering Provider<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Ordering Provider<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the results verification is required. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default. This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting. If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify''' <br />
<br />
Modified in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify''' <br />
<br />
Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.<br />
* If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order. If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient'''<br />
<br />
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action. <br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''', the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type. <br />
* If set to '''N''' the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs). This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. <br />
<br />
This works in conjunction with the '''UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs''' preference. Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.<br />
<br />
::* If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to '''Never''' unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''. <br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Preliminary<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected<ul></li><li>Amended<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected or Amended <br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Unverified Results When To Release To CED's''' <br />
<br />
* New in v11.4.1<br />
<br />
Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Never''', Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.<br />
* If set to '''1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days''', that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs: <br />
<br />
:Note:<br />
::* Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released<br />
::* Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never<ul></li><li>1 Days<ul></li><li>2 Days<ul></li><li>3 Days<ul></li><li>4 Days<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''<br />
<br />
* If set to '''Y''' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. This requires extra setup and the UAI module. This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.<br />
* If set to '''N''' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Vitals Picklist'''<br />
<br />
This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used. This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization Specific<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=Removed in 11.2=<br />
==From General==<br />
*UAIInstallLocation<br />
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc<br />
<br />
==From Orders==<br />
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition<br />
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition<br />
*OrderEntryAuthLevel<br />
*OrderEntryNotification<br />
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit<br />
<br />
=New in 11.4.1=<br />
<br />
*'''Free Text Reason for Status Change and Order Status Reason Preferences'''<br />
A new Text box has been added to the Change Status page, enabling you to enter a free text reason for changing the status of an order to Active, Completed, Canceled, Temporary Deferral, Permanent Deferral, Voided, Discontinued, and EIE (entered in error). You can use the Text box independently, or in addition to selecting other predefined order status reasons.<br />
Text entered in Text is included as part of the reason an order was not performed in clinical quality measure reports. You can view the text entered in the Text box in several areas the application, including the Orders component of the Clinical Desktop, Order Viewer, Order Details, the order Audit Viewer, and the Note Authoring workspace.<br />
Seventy-two new preferences have been added to the Order Status Reason category of TW Admin > Preferences and are described below.<br />
<br />
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''== <br />
<br />
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.<br />
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.<br />
<br />
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:<br />
::* '''Required'''<br />
::* '''Prompt'''<br />
::* '''Allowed'''<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''<br />
<br />
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''<br />
<br />
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required. <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels<br />
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed<br />
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User<br />
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''<br />
<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order. <br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details<br />
::::Note: Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.<br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details. <br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Instruction Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory EIE Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Laboratory Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined<br />
reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also<br />
enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Medication Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Precaution Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Referral Order Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Cancel Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies DC Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
'''Supplies Void Reason'''<br />
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void. The prompts are:<br />
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box. <br />
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.<br />
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.<br />
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.<br />
Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required <br />
Recommended Setting: Allowed<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar<br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Return to: [[V10 to V11.2 Build Workbook (BW)]]<br />
<br />
=New to 15.1=<br />
[[http://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php/15.1_Updated_Preferences]]<br />
<br />
==Questions==<br />
*[[In_v10.2.4,_the_following_three_preferences_are_available:_PrescribeAuthCII,_PrescribeAuthCIIIoV_and_PrescribeAuthorization._I_cannot_find_these_same_preferences_in_v11.1.2._Has_their_name_changed%3F | Missing Med Order Preferences]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2003215.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:32:51Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain a list of all the net-new preferences in Allscripts TouchWorks 15.1 (when compared to version 11.4.1). Below, is a link to an .xls document with a full listing as well:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2003115.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:30:06Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain a list of all the net-new preferences in Allscripts TouchWorks 15.1 (when compared to version 11.4.1). Below, is a link to an .xls document with a full list as well:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2003015.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:26:38Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Orders */</p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002915.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:26:09Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| ConfigurationRefreshTimer||Numeric ||User cannot override||"The ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences determines the refresh time in minutes for configuration values in Allscripts® messaging services and the web server. Configuration values are invalidated after the specified time has elapsed. The value is used in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR Message Center and the web server to refresh configuration values. The preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can change the preference value. By default, the value for the ConfigurationRefreshTimer preference is set at 5 minutes, but the value can be changed by an administrator.<br />
|-<br />
| TerminologyServiceURL||(URL VALUE)||User cannot override||"The TerminologyServiceURL preference in the System category of TW Admin preferences indicates the Allscripts® Terminology Platform (ATP) Service URL. The TerminologyServiceURL preference is configured at the enterprise level only, and a user cannot override the preference. Only an administrator can update the preference value.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002815.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:20:08Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== System ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002715.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T19:17:28Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem ||User can override|| Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Results ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
|-<br />
| Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary||Integer Days||User cannot override||This preference determines the number of days of results to include in a clinical summary that uses a clinical exchange document (CED) or medical summary (C32) document type. Results include results entered in Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR or results filed through an interface, but do not include scanned results. You can set this preference at both the Enterprise and Organization level. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.<br />
|-<br />
|Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab||Y/N||User can override||Use the Show Refresh Button For Citrix In Results Tab preference to determine whether a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details (Vital Signs Input, Result Annotations, Results Item(s) and so forth).<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002615.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T18:59:42Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Problem ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| When expanding a problem in search||"Expand the list in search dialog|Launch Clinical Modifier Selection dialog| Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem||User can override||Use the When expanding problem in search preference to determine which action the application performs when you expand or select a problem on Problem Search Dialog.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002515.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T17:18:44Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|- <br />
|}<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Orders ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports||Code128, Code39||User cannot override||Use the BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports preference to select the font used for bar codes on order requisitions.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002415.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T17:08:30Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Note ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing||No Navigation, Schedule, Task View, MD Charges||User can override||This preference determines the workspace where TouchWorks navigates to by default after you save and close Allscripts Prenatal from the Prenatal Tab. Note: This preference is only used for versions of TouchWorks that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal<br />
|-<br />
| DefaultFilterInFormSelector||Default Note Specialty, User Favorites, No Default||User can override||"The DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference enables you to set the default for the specialty filter on Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note. When you select Default Note Specialty for the DefaultFilterInFormSelector preference, for new notes created from Note Authoring Workspace, the forms on Form Selector are automatically filtered by specialty using the specialty that you selected when you created the note. For existing notes, the specialty filter is set by default to the provider's primary specialty. Selecting User Favorites for DefaultFilterInFormSelector filters the forms on Form Selector by your list of favorites, in alphabetical order.Selecting No Default for DefaultFilterInFormSelector causes the specialty filter on Form Selector to be displayed as blank by default.<br />
|-<br />
| Enable Note Charge Summary||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the Enable Note Charge Summary preference to determine whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters. When you select Y for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is enabled in the Note Authoring workspace for all chargeable encounters. If you select N for Enable Note Charge Summary, the Charge Summary button is not available.<br />
|-<br />
|NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface||Y/N||User can override||"Use the NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface preference to determine whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary. Select Y for NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface to enable users to submit charges from Charge Summary. If you select N, a message is displayed when users try to submit charges from Charge Summary, stating that these charges must be submitted from Encounter Form. N is the default value.<br />
|-<br />
|V11 Note Copy Forward/ Previous Hx/Exam behavior||"Disable Copy Forward/Previous | Allow Copy Forward/Previous | Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit ||User cannot override||"Use this preference to configure the Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History functionality for V11 notes. There are 3 value options available, of particular importance is: Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit. Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy note form data based on the note form and note form controls. For example, if you edited a control in the note form so that the clinical meaning of the rendered text changed, the data associated with that control is not copied forward into the new note. When the application cannot copy data into a new note, a message is displayed. This message contains the uncopied form data and lists the note section name and form name where that data is located. "<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002315.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T17:02:30Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||User can override||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002215.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T16:53:54Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||Y||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002115.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T16:51:12Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Meds Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification||Y/N||User cannot override||Administrators can now determine if providers and users such as clinical staff must visually verify that they selected the correct medications and immunizations before these items are administered. This visual verification requirement is determined by 3 new preferences, including this one. When this is set to 'YES', the user can select his or her user name as the person who verified the medication or immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| EnableElectronicPriorAuth||Y/N||User cannot override||"Use the EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference to configure the electronic prior authorization (ePA) feature for your organization.The EnableElectronicPriorAuth preference is available from TW Admin > Preferences > Meds and can be defined at the enterprise and organization. Select Y for EnableElectronicPriorAuth to enable ePA, or select N to make this feature unavailable."<br />
|-<br />
|EnableEpcs||Y/N||User cannot override||This preferfence determines if Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or organization level in the Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR application for users who are fully provisioned for EPCS functionality. You cannot enable EPCS at the user level.<br />
|-<br />
|EnablePMPRegistryDocumentation||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference displays and enables Record Registry Consult and its associated controls on Clinical Desktop. The preference can be configured at the enterprise or organization level but not at the user level. When you select Y (yes) as the preference value, Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are displayed on Clinical Desktop. If you select N (no), Record Registry Consult and its associated controls are not displayed. By default, the preference value is set to N. Note: Click Record Registry Consult to validate that you consulted the state medication registry when prescribing a controlled substance. Each time you click this button or submit a reason why you could not consult the registry, the information is recorded and displayed in Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) History<br />
|-<br />
|EPCS||Verizon/Imprivata||User cannot override||This preferences enables you to select a credential service provider (CSP) to use for identity proofing and 2-factor authentication methods with Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances (EPCS). <br />
|-<br />
| MaxDailyDoseRequired||Not Required | II | III | IV | V | All||User cannot override||This preference determines which controlled substance schedules require Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.<br />
|-<br />
|OrderProhibitTransmissionOfNon-ScheduleRx||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines whether Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are valid prescribing actions for faxing non-scheduled medications when electronic transmission is not possible. The Y setting prevents faxing prescriptions to pharmacies. Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order are always available, but they are displayed as invalid (pink) on Medication Details if the pharmacy is fax only (the pharmacy type is Fax in the Pharmacy dictionary). When this condition occurs, the provider must use another prescribing action, such as Print Rx or select another pharmacy that is script enabled. The N setting enables prescription faxing to pharmacies when using Send to Retail and Send to Mail Order prescribing actions for non-scheduled medications. Faxing occurs if an electronic transmission workflow is not possible, such as when the pharmacy is not able to accept electronic transmissions, or when the provider is not enrolled with Surescripts®. <br />
|-<br />
|SCM SIG Import||Y/N||User cannot override||"This preference determines if discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ to Allscripts TouchWorks® EHR is matched and displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. The This preference is set at the enterprise level only. Set the preference value to Y (yes) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. Set the preference value to N (no) so that discrete medication sig data imported from Sunrise Clinical Manager™ is not matched and automatically displayed in the SIG section of Medication Details. By default, the preference value is set to N.<br />
|-<br />
| VISProvidedWithThisAdministrationDefaultValue||Yes/No/None||Y||Use this preference to indicate a default answer for the Vaccine Information Statement prompt seen when ordering Med Admin/Immunization.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.<br />
|-<br />
| VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired||Y/N||User cannot override||The VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired preference in TW Admin > Preferences > Meds determines whether Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2002015.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T16:11:55Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable (Division On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Division on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Division for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Division for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Division for appointment encounter types unless Division is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Performing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Performing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Performing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Performing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Performing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Referring Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Referring Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Referring Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Referring Provider for appointment encounter types unless Referring Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001915.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T16:07:30Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<font color="#ffffff"> - </font><br />
<br />
== Charge Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{|class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Area On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Area on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Area for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Area for appointment encounter types unless Billing Area is filled by the practice management system. Note: This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Location On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Location on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Location for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Location for appointment encounter types unless Billing Location is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-<br />
| BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable||Y/N/Only If Not Pre-Populated||User can override||"The BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable (Billing Provider On Encounter Form Editable) preference determines if the user can edit Billing Provider on the Encounter Form. Y: Enables the user to edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types. N: Locks Billing Provider for appointment encounter types so the user cannot edit it. Only If Not Pre-Populated: The user can edit Billing Provider for appointment encounter types unless Billing Provider is filled by the practice management system. Note:This preference only affects the delivered, enforced appointment encounter types created from the practice management system.<br />
|-</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001815.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T15:37:46Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.||<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrders||Y/N||User can override||TouchWorks now enables you to automatically remove charges that have not yet been submitted from an Encounter Form when an order of any time is cancelled or marked as EIE. Setting this preference to YES will automatically remove associated charges to an order that has been marked as cancelled or entered in error. If the charges have already been submitted, and you mark order as cancelled or EIE, an alert will display so that you can manually update Encounter Form and PM. This alert is displayed before you commit your changes.<br />
|-<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001715.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T15:27:05Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* General Preferences */</p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001615.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T15:23:11Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||"The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.||<br />
|-<br />
|Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter||Select All Sites, Individual sites associated with the organization||User cannot override|||"This preference determines if clinical items are also transferred when you transfer an encounter from a generic provider to a billable provider, and if you can transfer an encounter when you edit a V11 note. Note: This preference only links (or separates) the transfer of notes and clinical items with encounter transfers in general. Many additional criteria determine whether the transfer of individual charges, notes, and clinical items can occur. Enable Note/Order Transfer for Generic Provider Encounter settings only apply when a site is enabled for generic provider functionality using the Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001515.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T15:21:05Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||Select All Sites, (any sites configured in TW listed here)||User cannot override||The Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites preference in the General category activates the Assigned Provider and Scheduled columns in Daily Schedule for organization sites who use a generic provider schedule. Note: This preference is not generally available, and is currently used for a single client.|| <br />
|-<br />
|AllowAssociationOfCaseInformationToEncounters||Y/N||User cannot override||When TouchWorks and the practice management system are integrated to support occupational medicine, which includes employer services or worker's compensation-- this preference becomes pertinent. Selecting 'YES' for this preference will display the Case Link icon on the Encounter Summary header for non-appointment encounters. If set to 'NO' the icon will not display (See Encounter Summary Enhancements Feature Guide). Clicking the case link icon will display Case Selector page from which you can add, update, or remove a case linked to encounter in-context.||<br />
|-<br />
|ClinicalDataRefreshInterval||Numeric||User can override|||"The ClinicalDataRefreshInterval preference enables you to decide the rate at which the Allscripts TouchWorksÆ EHR application refreshes imported clinical items in Chart Viewer. The refresh interval value is displayed in seconds and the default is set to 60. The default can remain, or you can enter any value you prefer. Note: If you set the preference to a value less than 3, the application will default to 3 seconds.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001415.1 Updated Preferences2016-01-04T14:42:55Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>The following tables contain <br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|Add the Generic Provider columns and filters to the sites||</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=15.1_Updated_Preferences&diff=2001315.1 Updated Preferences2015-12-30T17:47:12Z<p>Jon.Deitch: Created page with " == General Preferences == {| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100% |- st..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== General Preferences ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse;background:white;" cellpadding=3px align=left width=100%<br />
|- style="text-align:center;"<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Preference<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Values<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Personalize?<br />
! scope="col" style=" background: #ddd; border:1px solid gray;”|Description</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Patient_Summary_Information_(AKA_Clinical_Summary)&diff=14474Patient Summary Information (AKA Clinical Summary)2012-10-18T16:21:46Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Requirements for Patient Summaries */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Meaningful Use dictates that a patient must be provided with a summary of care within 3 business days of the patient being seen. Clients may use a variety of different tools as clinical summaries. V10 structured notes, v11 note outputs, the Allscripts-delivered Clinical Exchange document (CED), or the Allscripts-delivered Rich Text Format(RTF) document can all be tied into the reminder feature on the schedule and be tracked by AHS Meaningful Use reports. <br />
<br />
At this time, Clinical Summaries sent to Allscripts Patient Portal must be the CED or a v10 Note type designated as a Clinical Summary in the Document Type dictionary.<br />
<br />
For reporting, the application reports on the percentage of all arrived appointments where the Clinical Summary Icon has been set to provided.<br />
<br />
It is important to note that clinical summaries can only be provided for patients in an ARRIVED status; therefore even once the setup below is complete, the checkbox to provide a clinical summary will be grayed out if the patient has not been arrived.<br />
<br />
==Requirements for Patient Summaries==<br />
The Meaningful Use rules define a Clinical Summary as an after-visit summary<br />
that provides a patient with relevant and actionable information and instructions containing,<br />
but not limited to, the following:<br />
<br />
*The patient name<br />
*The provider’s office contact information<br />
*The date and location of visit<br />
*An updated medication list and summary of current medications<br />
*Updated vitals<br />
*The reason or reasons for visit<br />
*Procedures and other instructions based on clinical discussions that took place during the office visit<br />
*Any updates to a problem list<br />
*Immunizations or medications administered during visit<br />
*A summary of topics covered or considered during visit<br />
*The time and location of next appointment or testing if scheduled or a recommended appointment time if not scheduled<br />
*A list of other appointments and testing patient needs to schedule with contact information<br />
*Recommended patient decision aids<br />
*Laboratory and other diagnostic test orders<br />
*Test or laboratory results (if received before 24 hours after visit)<br />
*Symptoms<br />
<br />
==Setup requirements and considerations for the Clinical Summary==<br />
====Preferences====<br />
<br />
'''General''':<br />
<br />
*<u>AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal</u>: Determines whether an unfinalized note can be used as a Clinical Summary. Refers to when a v10 or v11 structured note output is used as a Clinical Summary.<br />
**<b>Set to Y</b> if you want providers to be able to generate the Clinical Summary before the note is finalized.<br />
**<b>Set to N</b> if you do not want providers to be able to generate the Clinical Summary before the note is finalized.<br />
<br />
*<u>CS Default Reason for Visit Note Section</u>: Applies to v10 and v11 note. Determines which structured note section to pull free text comments, from the note associated with the same encounter, into the Clinical Summary Reason for Visit section. <br />
**Order/Plan<br />
**Chief Complaint<br />
**None<br />
<br />
*<u>CS Default Treatment Plan Note Section</u>: Applies to v10 and v11 note. Determines which structured note section to pull free text comments, from the note associated with the same encounter, into the Clinical Summary Treatment Plan section. <br />
**Order/Plan<br />
**Discussion Summary<br />
**None<br />
<br />
*<u>DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument</u>: Determines which format of the Allscripts delivered Clinical Summary to generate from the daily schedule or encounter summary.<br />
**<b>Set to CED</b> to use the CED version<br />
**<b>Set to RTF</b> to use the RTF version<br />
<br />
*<u>EnableCSOnScheduleDaily</u>: Enables/Disables the CS column on the Daily Schedule. If Enabled, the user can generate the clinical summary from the Daily Schedule see if it has been provided.<br />
**Set this preference to N at the Enterprise level, then to Y at the User level for users who will be generating the Clinical Summary.<br />
<br />
*<u>EnableCSOnScheduleProvider</u>: Enables/Disables the CS column on the Provider Schedule. If Enabled, the user can generate the clinical summary from the Provider Schedule see if it has been provided.<br />
**Set this preference to N at the Enterprise level, then to Y at the User level for users who will be generating the Clinical Summary.<br />
<br />
*<u>EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary</u>: Determines if the Clinical Summary can be generated from the Encounter Summary upon committing data and selecting "Save and Continue".<br />
**<b>Set to Y</b> if you want the Provide Clinical Summary check box on the Encounter Summary to be selected by default. The user can clear the check box if they do not want to provide a clinical summary for that encounter. <br />
**<b>Set to N</b> if you want, by default, the Provide Clinical Summary check box to be unchecked. The user can select the check box to provide a clinical summary for that encounter. <br />
**<b>Set to Disable</b> if you want the Provide Clinical Summary check box to be unchecked and disabled. Users are unable to select the check box.<br />
<br />
*<u>Pt Communication Clinical Summaries Editable</u>: Determines if users can edit the Patient Preferred Communication option for "Clinical Summary" in the Patient Profile.<br />
**'''Set Y''' if you want the user to be able to edit this drop down seletion<br />
***'''Set N''' if you do not want the user to be able to edit this drop down selection<br />
<br />
'''Results''':<br />
<br />
*<u>Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document</u>: Determines the number of days to pull results from the time the clinical summary is generated.<br />
**Set as a numeric value<br />
<br />
*<u>Number of Days of Vital Signs to Include in Clinical Exchange Document</u>: Determines the number of days to pull vitals from the time the clinical summary is generated.<br />
**Set as a numeric value<br />
<br />
====Security====<br />
Chart View and Chart Print security is required in order to provider the Clinical Summary to patients.<br />
<br />
====Additional Setup and Considerations====<br />
*'''TWUserAdmin and User Contact information''':<br />
**Ensure that User Profiles DO NOT contain personal information. User Profiles should contain address, phone, fax, and email information for the site/office location. The CED and RTF print the Provider's information based upon the User Profile in TWUserAdmin.<br />
*'''Auto-Print Defaults:''' <br />
**<u>CED and RTF</u>: These are located in the Auto-Print Defaults type "Clinical Summary" drop down, then the only option from there is "Clinical Summary - CED". <br />
**<u>v10 and v11 note outputs</u>: These are set under Auto-Print Defaults, where the type=Notes. <br />
*<b>Ensure the staff is entering the patient's preference for receiving their clinical summaries into the Patient Profile.</b> Possible options include:<br />
**<u>Print</u> - the application prints the Clinical Summary using the auto-print defaults set up in TWAdmin. Auto-print defaults are not required, but can be used to automate as with printing any document. If auto-print defaults are not defined, the application displays the Print dialog so you can choose the printer.<br />
**<u>Save to File</u> - the application saves the Clinical Summary to any drive that you specify (typically a Flash/USB drive that the patient has provided). You can save the Clinical Summary for a CED, or v10/v11 Note to file as a PDF.<br />
**<u>Patient Portal</u> - the application sends the Clinical Summary to the portal (only for v10 Notes and CEDs).<br />
**<u>Declined</u> - the application does not generate the Clinical Summary and the Provider or Daily Schedule displays N/A for the appointment. The clinician receives credit for attempting to provide the Clinical Summary.<br />
**<u>Patient Portal & Print</u> - the application prints the Clinical Summary and also sends it to the portal.<br />
***NOTE: If a v10 or v11 Note is linked to the encounter, that document is printed, but the CED is sent to Portal. The one exception is if the portal is Intuit Health and the Note is v10 Note. In that case the application can send the v10 Note to Portal, as well as print for the patient.<br />
<br />
NOTE: If the patient does not have a preference set, the application behaves as if the preference were Print.<br />
<br />
==RTF versus CED==<br />
<br />
===Side by Side Comparison===<br />
Below is a snapshot of the behavior between the RTF and CED:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| || align="center" | '''RTF''' || align="center" | '''CED'''<br />
|-<br />
| '''Overall Depth''' || More brief summary - less data for patient to see (as - needed data)<br />
<br />
Sections do not appear if data is not present <br />
|| More detailed summary - shows robust patient data (most history and added details)<br />
<br />
Sections appear if data is not present<br />
|-<br />
| '''Letterhead'''|| Can have Clinical Summary have site specific logo and a variety of information as a header || Can have Clinical Summary have site specific logo and a variety of information as a header<br />
|-<br />
| '''Patient and Site Details'''|| <u>Patient Details:</u><br />
<br />
Displays Patient data - Name, phone, address, appointment date, MRN, DoB, Language<br />
<br />
<u>Document/Provider Details:</u><br />
<br />
Doc Name, Site, Provider Name, Provider address<br />
|| <u>Patient Details:</u><br />
Displays Patient data - Name, phone, address, appointment date, MRN, DoB, Language, Marital Status, gender<br />
<br />
<u>Healthcare Providers</u><br />
<br />
PCP and Pharmacy<br />
<br />
<u>Patient Contacts:</u><br />
<br />
Emergency contact and then personal/guarantor<br />
<br />
<u>Document/Provider Details:</u><br />
<br />
EHR version, encounter date, Site, Provider Name, Provider address<br />
|-<br />
| '''Problems'''|| Only Assessed problems will display<br />
<br />
Does not show all active problems<br />
<br />
Does not show resolved problems<br />
|| Shows the list of active problems<br />
<br />
Assessed problems show as "last assessed" in the active problem list<br />
|-<br />
| '''Reason for Visit'''|| Chief Complaint displays in Reason for Visit section<br />
<br />
Additional comments can be pulled in if set<br />
|| <u>Reason for Visit</u>: <br />
<br />
Displays reason for visit from v11 note section accumulator free text comments <br />
<br />
<u>Chief Complaint</u><br />
<br />
Chief Complaint is not added as a bullet point, however the Chief Complaint note section free text comments are cited in<br />
|-<br />
| '''Plan (includes Orders)'''|| '''<u>Treatment Plan:'''</u><br />
<br />
Displays Meds and Orders listed below:<br />
<br />
<u>Medication Changes:</u><br />
<br />
Order D/C or Record D/C Meds are shown and state [STOP]<br />
<br />
Note: As of 11.2.3 Record D/C Meds should not appear<br />
<br />
New Prescribed Meds show as [START] (and are added to the Current Meds list)<br />
<br />
<u>Labs/Procedures:</u><br />
<br />
Orders display - but not the "to be done" date<br />
<br />
<u>Instructions:</u><br />
<br />
Order title displays - but no details on specific instruction notes<br />
<br />
<u>Followup/Referrals:</u><br />
<br />
Orders display - but not the "to be done" date<br />
|| <u>Treatment Plan</u><br />
<br />
Treatment Plan displays a bullet list of orders, with the date<br />
<br />
Still does not display the details of items such as referrals or instructions; just title only<br />
|-<br />
| '''Medications'''|| <u>Current Medications:</u><br />
<br />
D/C meds do not appear<br />
<br />
New prescribed meds appear<br />
|| <u>Medications:</u><br />
<br />
D/C meds do not appear - they do not display on Clinical Summary<br />
<br />
New prescribed meds appear<br />
|-<br />
| '''Historical and Other Elements'''|| <u>Allergies:</u><br />
<br />
Active allergies appear<br />
|| <u>Allergies and Adverse Reactions</u><br />
<br />
Active allergies appear<br />
<br />
<u>HPI</u><br />
<br />
HPI rendered text from v10/v11 structured note automatically populates here; otherwise this states that one was not given<br />
<br />
<u>Past Medical History</u><br />
<br />
Displays any past medical history otherwise states none given<br />
<br />
<u>Past Surgical (displays as 'Procedures')</u><br />
<br />
Displays surgery history, procedure date, date completed, and status<br />
<br />
<u>Family History</u><br />
<br />
Displays family history otherwise states none given<br />
<br />
<u>Social History</u><br />
<br />
Displays social history otherwise states none given<br />
<br />
<u>Immunizations</u><br />
<br />
Displays immunizations and date administered (approximate dates don't accurately display)<br />
<br />
<u>Directives</u><br />
Displays directives, otherwise states one was not given<br />
<br />
<u>Reason for Referral</u><br />
Displays a reason for referral otherwise states one was not given<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| '''Results'''|| <u>Vitals:</u><br />
<br />
Vitals collected for the encounter display and date/time recorded<br />
<br />
<u>Results:</u><br />
<br />
Result name displays with the result - no date - can opt for a certain amount of days of results to cite<br />
|| <u>Vitals:</u><br />
<br />
Vitals collected for the encounter display, as well as the ability to pull in certain number of past days of vital data<br />
<br />
<u>Results:</u><br />
<br />
Result name displays with the result - Includes date - can opt for a certain amount of days of results to cite in<br />
|-<br />
| '''Future Appointments'''|| Displays Date, Time, and Provider in the Future Appointments section || Displays the Appointment Type, Provider, Appointment Status, Time, and Date in the Encounters section<br />
|-<br />
| '''Additional Notes'''|| When v10 or v11 structured note is done with visit - the ability exists to include free text notes into the Reason for Visit and Treatment Plan sections || When v10 or v11 structured note is done with visit - the ability exists to include free text notes into the Reason for Visit and Treatment Plan sections<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===PDF Examples===<br />
<br />
Below are several PDF's you can view to see the difference between the RTF and CED clinical summaries.<br />
<br />
====RTF====<br />
[[Media:RTF Clinical Summary Example 1.pdf|Example 1]]<br />
<br />
[[Media:RTF Clinical Summary Example 2.pdf|Example 2]]<br />
<br />
====CED====<br />
<br />
[[Media:CED Clinical Summary Example 1.pdf|Example 1]]<br />
<br />
[[Media:CED Clinical Summary Example 2.pdf|Example 2]]<br />
<br />
==Creating Structured Note Output Clinical Summaries==<br />
<br />
If an organization decides to make the v10 or v11 Note Output their Clinical Summary, the "Is Clinical Summary" checkbox in the General Properties II section of the Document Dictionary must be checked for the document type linked to the Clinical Summary Note Output.<br />
<br />
*NOTE: This is enabled for the following Manifestations: NOTEFORM, HTML, and RTFXML (cannot create new Document Types using RTFXML).<br />
<br />
How does this work?<br />
<br />
* When a user completes a note for the visit and creates the output (that was set to have the "is clinical summary" box activated in the document type dictionary) the Clinical Summary icon on the Daily Schedule is checked, indicating that the summary was provided. In note output will display in Chart Viewer.<br />
<br />
==Identifying the Clinical Summary Type==<br />
<br />
Below are screenshots that will assist you in knowing what type of Clinical Summary you see:<br />
<br />
Remember that anything above these the "title" is a header and can be customized in Document Admin. <br />
<br />
'''RTF'''<br />
<br />
[[File:RTF_top.png|border|416x323]]<br />
<br />
*The title for the RTF Clinical Summary is "Clinical Summary" and is in black font.<br />
*Each section header is highlighed in a dark grey box with black font.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''CED'''<br />
<br />
[[File:CED_top.png|border|441x285px]]<br />
<br />
*The title for the CED Clinical Summary is "''site'' Medical Summary" in grey font.<br />
**In the example above, the site is "Touchworks Clinic" - this is dependent on the site from which the user generates the Clinical Summary <br />
*The patient section is highlighted by a green header box and the patient data is highlighted in a grey box.<br />
*Each subsequent section header is highlighted in a light grey box with white font. Some sections may have data highlighted in a grey box<br />
<br />
<br />
'''v11 Structured Note Output (marked as "is clinical summary")'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Structured_note_top.png|border|432x318px]]<br />
<br />
*v11 note outputs do not display titles. They begin with the first section in the output as defined in Note Admin.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''v10 Structured Note Output (marked as "is clinical summary")'''<br />
<br />
[[File:V10_structured_note_top.png|border|376x274px]]<br />
<br />
*v10 note outputs do not display titles. They begin with the first section in the output as defined in v10 Note Admin.<br />
<br />
==Frequently Asked Questions==<br />
<b><u>Can you Fax a Clinical Summary from Enterprise EHR?</u></b><br />
<br />
You cannot fax the CED Clinical Summary from the EHR; however you can fax any v10 or v11 document that is used as a clinical summary.<br />
<br />
<b><u>Can the Clinical Summary print out be supressed if the patient has requested not to recieve one?</u></b><br />
<br />
Yes. When on the patient record, the patient can be set to Clinical Summary <b>Decline</b> by clicking on the <b>i</b> above select patient in the patient banner.<br />
<br />
<b><u>Can you change the header on a Clinical Summary?</u></b><br />
<br />
Yes. You should create a new template in Document Admin and edit the "1st Page Header". You can add your logo and a variety of data elements. Because the Clinical Summary already ties in a large amount of patient and encounter data, it is recommended to avoid using any merge fields that add duplicated patient data.<br />
<br />
==Additional Resources==<br />
<br />
<b>v11.2 ABDR</b> - [[Media:Encounter_Clinical_Summary_Enhancement_V11.2_EEHR.pdf|V11.2 Encounter Clinical Summary Enhancement (.pdf)]]<br />
<br />
<b>v11.2.3 ADBR</b> - [[Media:EEHR11.2.3_Encounter_Clinical_Summary_ES.pdf|V11.2.3 Encounter Clinical Summary Enhancement (.pdf)]]<br />
<br />
<b>v11.3 ABDR</b> - [[Media:EEHR11.3_Encounter_Clinical_Summary.pdf|V11.3 Encounter Clinical Summary (.pdf)]]<br />
<br />
'''Allscripts Meaningful Use Measure''' - [[Media:Clinical_Summaries_provided_to_patients_for_all_office_visits.pdf|12 - Clinical Summaries Provided to Patients for all Office Visits (.pdf)]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Orderable_Item_Dictionary&diff=14473Orderable Item Dictionary2012-10-18T15:56:45Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Description */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Description==<br />
The Orderable Item Dictionary (OID) is the dictionary that holds a list of the unique order entries. This is typically built based on the compendium from you primary vendor, Allscripts delivered items and may also include tests from your other vendors and/or custom built tests created for an organization or site. Ultimately this is the list of orders that the user will have the ability to order from the [[Add Clinical Item|ACI]] within Enterprise EHR (assuming they are set as orderable and users are allowed to order the test in the OID). <br />
<br />
To learn more about building the OID please refer to [[V11 Order and Result Dictionary Build and Synchronization]].<br />
<br />
'''Version Information'''<br />
*[[Article Creation|Article Created based on version]]: 11.1.1<br />
*[[Article Last Update|Last Updated with version]]: 11.1.7<br />
<br />
==Data Grid & Overview==<br />
The dictionary itself is broken down into 2 main classifications, medication and non-medication orderable items. The main data grid displays the set of items that can be ordered, received as resulted order, recorded as resulted orders, as well as entries used for the<br />
classification of other orderable items. Entries could include medications, patient instructions, laboratory items, and radiology items.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Orderable Item.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Code''' - the data parameters for the "Code" field indicate that the entry must be unique within the OID and be 10 characters or less. This code is typically obtained from the organization's lab vendor. <br />
*'''Name''' - the "Name" field indicates that dictionary entry name.<br />
*'''Mnemonic''' - the "Mnemonic" field is similar to the "Code" field in that it shares the same data requirements; the entry must be unique to all other order entries and be 10 characters or less.<br />
*'''Inactive''' - the "Inactive" check-box indicates whether or not the orderable item is "Active". A mark in the check-box indicates that the orderable item is inactive. This field also controls the "OID Mode" field in the Initial details section of the OID. (See below)<br />
<br />
==Initial==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Initial.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Display Name''' - indicates the name that displays in the application for the test. If the display name and the code name on the data grid are different, the system will cross reference during an ACI search.<br />
*'''Linked OCD''' - indicates a linked OCD (if exists). Linked OCD will drive modifier behaviors for the lab test.<br />
*'''Orderable check-box''' - indicates whether the dictionary entry is an Orderable Item or a Parent Class.<br />
*'''Complex check-box''' - used for a collection of items that can be performed without ordering. This check-box currently is only supported with the set up of Vital Panels and should not be utilized when building orderable items.<br />
*'''Orderable Via''' - indicates how the item can be ordered (such as, interface or lab).<br />
*'''OID Mode''' - indicates the mode while the item is built. The mode is controlled by the "Inactive" check-box in the OID data grid.<br />
*'''Order Type''' - indicates where this item falls in the hierarchy (display only field). The Order Type is also an indication of where an orderable item can be found in the ACI.<br />
*'''Modifier Picklists''' - organizations can assign up to three modifier picklists to orderable items. Up to three default modifiers from the picklists can be assigned. Modifier picklists allow for documentation of additional information on a particular orderable item. Modifier picklists only allow for entry of information through drop down fields. (see Additional Information Questions as a more flexible alternative)<br />
*'''Required to Save''' — the Required to Save options indicate if this modifier information is required to save.<br />
<br />
==Medication==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Medication.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''NDC''' - (National Drug Code) Universal standard drugs number that’s defaulted from Medispan.<br />
*'''DDI''' - Medispan internal identifier that is used for drug- drug checking, etc.<br />
*'''Control Substance Code''' - indicates scheduled drugs. Drives narcotic behavior. Choices are: Sched 1-5.<br />
*'''Route of Admin''' - determines the default route to administer the drug. It’s possible to have more than one route of admin (need link to what’s available) from the Sig.<br />
*'''Medication Package Size''' — determines what package size of this the medication to dispense to the patient.<br />
*'''Critical Admin check-box''' – determines if the medication should be considered important when it is overdue.<br />
*'''Keep On Person Prohibited check-box''' — determines if the patient should or should not carry the medication on their person.<br />
*'''GPI, UPC, HRI''' — identifies products. Enabled for user defined products only.<br />
<br />
==Results==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Results.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''RID Selector''' - Clicking on this link will prompt a dialog that allows an administrator to create an association between resultable items and the orderable item.<br />
*'''Results History''' - This check-box indicates whether any historical results for the orderable item should be displayed or suppressed in the Order Details or the Order Viewer.<br />
*'''Resultable Via''' - Controls the method for entering results into the system. The entries in the picklist are described below.<br />
**User - The "user" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered by a user<br />
**Interface - The "interface" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered through an interface with an external system. (Note: When sent to interface users will not be able to enter results manually)<br />
**User or Interface - Combination of the options above. This entry allows entry of result data either manually or through an interface with an external system.<br />
<br />
==Instructions==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instructions.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Order Instructions''' - free text instructions for the lab.<br />
*'''Patient Instructions''' - free text instructions for the patient. If preloaded for the appropriate orderable in the OID these instructions will appear on the requisition if one is generated.<br />
*'''Must Read Order Instructions''' - when checked the "Additional Details" section is expanded in the "Order Details" at the time of order.<br />
*'''Additional Information Questions''' - additional information questions for the lab appear on the Order Detail page. The sequence of additional information questions can be sequenced.<br />
**Additional Information Questions allow for documentation of required information on an orderable item. The options for data entry in these fields include text, picklist, and date/time data. There is no limit to the number of additional information questions that can be associated with an order. <br />
**Additional Information Questions are similar to the Modifier Picklist entries, but the Additional Information Questions are much more flexible in terms of data entry types, number of items that can be associated with an order, and facilitating workflow.<br />
<br />
==Charge/MN==<br />
[[Image:ChargeMN.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''When to Charge''' - Indicates whether or not a charge should apply to an orderable item. The entries are described below.<br />
**Never<br />
**Upon Completion<br />
**On Order<br />
**When Resulted<br />
*'''Charge Code''' - This field becomes available for selection based on the entry that is selected in the "When to Charge" field. The link allows for an administrator to select a charge code from the charge code dictionary. The code(s) designated in this field will be the codes that drop to the encounter form when the criteria of the "When to Charge" field are met. <br />
*'''CPT 4 Code''' - This field is only available when the "When to Charge" field is set to "Never". This is a free text box that can be used to enter the CPT 4 code for the orderable item. The entry in this field will allow for orderable item to participate in Medical Necessity Checking (LMRP). <br />
*'''CPT4 Text''' — Free text for CPT 4 description. This field is strictly for documentation within the OID and has no impact on the end-user.<br />
*'''Admin Initial Charge Code''' - This field only applies to medications and immunizations. The link allows for an administrator to associate an administration code that would drop to the encounter form once the order has met the criteria specified in the "When to Charge" field. <br />
*'''Admin Additional Charge Code''' - Allows for a second administration code which generally applies when multiple immunizations or medications are administered to a patient.<br />
<br />
==Behavior==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Behavior.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Not Applicable if Gender Equals''' - Excludes order from search results when patient is of selected gender. This field is used when a certain test is gender specific and should not be able to be selected for both male and female patients. <br />
*'''Priority Default''' - indicates the default clinical priority for the order (Stat, ASAP, Pre-Op)<br />
*'''Reasons for Needs Info Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Needs Info status (example: until consent is obtained). The reason must be met before the order can go to an On Hold status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Reasons for Hold For Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Hold For status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Ordering Authority''' — determines the ordering authority level that is required for this order.<br />
*'''Duplicate Check Interval''' - determines the interval for duplicate checking in specified time frame. This value overrides the Duplicate Check system preference.<br />
*'''Auto-complete upon order becoming Active''' - determines if the system automatically completes the order when it becomes Active. This is for orders that do not need to be tracked and results are not expected (such as a procedure).<br />
*'''Always Display Order Detail Upon Selection''' - whether to display the Order Detail page upon selection.<br />
<br />
==Specimen==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Specimen.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Specimen Instructions''' – free text instructions for handling the specimen. This information displays on the Order Detail and Specimen Collection pages.<br />
*'''Label Type''' - describes the label type for printing.<br />
*'''List of Valid Clinical Sources''' - describes list of valid source for which to collect the specimen. This is for Charge and Documentation purposes. This can be overridden by the Default Clinical Source can be Overridden option.<br />
*'''List of Valid Specimen Types''' - describes the valid specimen types for this order.<br />
*'''Default Clinical Source can be Overridden''' - determines if the clinical source can be overridden.<br />
*'''Hold for Specimen collection''' - check to activate the order when the specimen collection has been done.<br />
<br />
==Performing==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Performing.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''List of Valid Communication Methods''' - describes the valid list of communication methods for the order. Examples are: Instruction,<br />
Procedure, and Rx.<br />
*'''List of Default Communication Methods''' - organizations can select more than one default communication method for the order.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Routine''' - determines when to consider a Routine order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval ASAP''' - determines when to consider an ASAP order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Stat''' - determines when to consider a Stat order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Today''' - determines when to consider an order scheduled to be done on the current day overdue.<br />
*'''Expiration Interval''' - determines when to consider the order expired. Expired orders can be tracked on the Expired Order report.<br />
*'''Overdue Important checkbox''' - when checked a task is generated for the ordering provider if the order is overdue.<br />
*'''Overdue Date and Time Required checkbox''' - determines if an overdue date and time is required when ordering this lab.<br />
*'''Requested Performing Location Identifiers''' - identifies the tests in the appropriate terminology for the performing locations.<br />
<br />
==Identifiers==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Identifiers.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Mapped Medcin ID''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''HCPCS''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''UPC''' - Universal Product Code. Free text field.<br />
*'''LOINC CODE''' - Local Observation Identifiers Names, a data set for universal lab identifiers.<br />
*'''SNOMED''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
<br />
==Instruction Precaution==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instruction precaution.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*Portions of this article refer to KB article 3108</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Orderable_Item_Dictionary&diff=14472Orderable Item Dictionary2012-10-18T15:56:30Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Description */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Description==<br />
The Orderable Item Dictionary (OID) is the dictionary that holds a list of the unique order entries. This is typically built based on the compendium from you primary vendor, Allscripts delivered items and may also include tests from your other vendors and/or custom built tests created for an organization or site. Ultimately this is the list of Orders that the user will have the ability to order from the [[Add Clinical Item|ACI]] within Enterprise EHR (assuming they are set as orderable and users are allowed to order the test in the OID). <br />
<br />
To learn more about building the OID please refer to [[V11 Order and Result Dictionary Build and Synchronization]].<br />
<br />
'''Version Information'''<br />
*[[Article Creation|Article Created based on version]]: 11.1.1<br />
*[[Article Last Update|Last Updated with version]]: 11.1.7<br />
<br />
==Data Grid & Overview==<br />
The dictionary itself is broken down into 2 main classifications, medication and non-medication orderable items. The main data grid displays the set of items that can be ordered, received as resulted order, recorded as resulted orders, as well as entries used for the<br />
classification of other orderable items. Entries could include medications, patient instructions, laboratory items, and radiology items.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Orderable Item.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Code''' - the data parameters for the "Code" field indicate that the entry must be unique within the OID and be 10 characters or less. This code is typically obtained from the organization's lab vendor. <br />
*'''Name''' - the "Name" field indicates that dictionary entry name.<br />
*'''Mnemonic''' - the "Mnemonic" field is similar to the "Code" field in that it shares the same data requirements; the entry must be unique to all other order entries and be 10 characters or less.<br />
*'''Inactive''' - the "Inactive" check-box indicates whether or not the orderable item is "Active". A mark in the check-box indicates that the orderable item is inactive. This field also controls the "OID Mode" field in the Initial details section of the OID. (See below)<br />
<br />
==Initial==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Initial.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Display Name''' - indicates the name that displays in the application for the test. If the display name and the code name on the data grid are different, the system will cross reference during an ACI search.<br />
*'''Linked OCD''' - indicates a linked OCD (if exists). Linked OCD will drive modifier behaviors for the lab test.<br />
*'''Orderable check-box''' - indicates whether the dictionary entry is an Orderable Item or a Parent Class.<br />
*'''Complex check-box''' - used for a collection of items that can be performed without ordering. This check-box currently is only supported with the set up of Vital Panels and should not be utilized when building orderable items.<br />
*'''Orderable Via''' - indicates how the item can be ordered (such as, interface or lab).<br />
*'''OID Mode''' - indicates the mode while the item is built. The mode is controlled by the "Inactive" check-box in the OID data grid.<br />
*'''Order Type''' - indicates where this item falls in the hierarchy (display only field). The Order Type is also an indication of where an orderable item can be found in the ACI.<br />
*'''Modifier Picklists''' - organizations can assign up to three modifier picklists to orderable items. Up to three default modifiers from the picklists can be assigned. Modifier picklists allow for documentation of additional information on a particular orderable item. Modifier picklists only allow for entry of information through drop down fields. (see Additional Information Questions as a more flexible alternative)<br />
*'''Required to Save''' — the Required to Save options indicate if this modifier information is required to save.<br />
<br />
==Medication==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Medication.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''NDC''' - (National Drug Code) Universal standard drugs number that’s defaulted from Medispan.<br />
*'''DDI''' - Medispan internal identifier that is used for drug- drug checking, etc.<br />
*'''Control Substance Code''' - indicates scheduled drugs. Drives narcotic behavior. Choices are: Sched 1-5.<br />
*'''Route of Admin''' - determines the default route to administer the drug. It’s possible to have more than one route of admin (need link to what’s available) from the Sig.<br />
*'''Medication Package Size''' — determines what package size of this the medication to dispense to the patient.<br />
*'''Critical Admin check-box''' – determines if the medication should be considered important when it is overdue.<br />
*'''Keep On Person Prohibited check-box''' — determines if the patient should or should not carry the medication on their person.<br />
*'''GPI, UPC, HRI''' — identifies products. Enabled for user defined products only.<br />
<br />
==Results==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Results.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''RID Selector''' - Clicking on this link will prompt a dialog that allows an administrator to create an association between resultable items and the orderable item.<br />
*'''Results History''' - This check-box indicates whether any historical results for the orderable item should be displayed or suppressed in the Order Details or the Order Viewer.<br />
*'''Resultable Via''' - Controls the method for entering results into the system. The entries in the picklist are described below.<br />
**User - The "user" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered by a user<br />
**Interface - The "interface" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered through an interface with an external system. (Note: When sent to interface users will not be able to enter results manually)<br />
**User or Interface - Combination of the options above. This entry allows entry of result data either manually or through an interface with an external system.<br />
<br />
==Instructions==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instructions.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Order Instructions''' - free text instructions for the lab.<br />
*'''Patient Instructions''' - free text instructions for the patient. If preloaded for the appropriate orderable in the OID these instructions will appear on the requisition if one is generated.<br />
*'''Must Read Order Instructions''' - when checked the "Additional Details" section is expanded in the "Order Details" at the time of order.<br />
*'''Additional Information Questions''' - additional information questions for the lab appear on the Order Detail page. The sequence of additional information questions can be sequenced.<br />
**Additional Information Questions allow for documentation of required information on an orderable item. The options for data entry in these fields include text, picklist, and date/time data. There is no limit to the number of additional information questions that can be associated with an order. <br />
**Additional Information Questions are similar to the Modifier Picklist entries, but the Additional Information Questions are much more flexible in terms of data entry types, number of items that can be associated with an order, and facilitating workflow.<br />
<br />
==Charge/MN==<br />
[[Image:ChargeMN.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''When to Charge''' - Indicates whether or not a charge should apply to an orderable item. The entries are described below.<br />
**Never<br />
**Upon Completion<br />
**On Order<br />
**When Resulted<br />
*'''Charge Code''' - This field becomes available for selection based on the entry that is selected in the "When to Charge" field. The link allows for an administrator to select a charge code from the charge code dictionary. The code(s) designated in this field will be the codes that drop to the encounter form when the criteria of the "When to Charge" field are met. <br />
*'''CPT 4 Code''' - This field is only available when the "When to Charge" field is set to "Never". This is a free text box that can be used to enter the CPT 4 code for the orderable item. The entry in this field will allow for orderable item to participate in Medical Necessity Checking (LMRP). <br />
*'''CPT4 Text''' — Free text for CPT 4 description. This field is strictly for documentation within the OID and has no impact on the end-user.<br />
*'''Admin Initial Charge Code''' - This field only applies to medications and immunizations. The link allows for an administrator to associate an administration code that would drop to the encounter form once the order has met the criteria specified in the "When to Charge" field. <br />
*'''Admin Additional Charge Code''' - Allows for a second administration code which generally applies when multiple immunizations or medications are administered to a patient.<br />
<br />
==Behavior==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Behavior.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Not Applicable if Gender Equals''' - Excludes order from search results when patient is of selected gender. This field is used when a certain test is gender specific and should not be able to be selected for both male and female patients. <br />
*'''Priority Default''' - indicates the default clinical priority for the order (Stat, ASAP, Pre-Op)<br />
*'''Reasons for Needs Info Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Needs Info status (example: until consent is obtained). The reason must be met before the order can go to an On Hold status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Reasons for Hold For Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Hold For status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Ordering Authority''' — determines the ordering authority level that is required for this order.<br />
*'''Duplicate Check Interval''' - determines the interval for duplicate checking in specified time frame. This value overrides the Duplicate Check system preference.<br />
*'''Auto-complete upon order becoming Active''' - determines if the system automatically completes the order when it becomes Active. This is for orders that do not need to be tracked and results are not expected (such as a procedure).<br />
*'''Always Display Order Detail Upon Selection''' - whether to display the Order Detail page upon selection.<br />
<br />
==Specimen==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Specimen.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Specimen Instructions''' – free text instructions for handling the specimen. This information displays on the Order Detail and Specimen Collection pages.<br />
*'''Label Type''' - describes the label type for printing.<br />
*'''List of Valid Clinical Sources''' - describes list of valid source for which to collect the specimen. This is for Charge and Documentation purposes. This can be overridden by the Default Clinical Source can be Overridden option.<br />
*'''List of Valid Specimen Types''' - describes the valid specimen types for this order.<br />
*'''Default Clinical Source can be Overridden''' - determines if the clinical source can be overridden.<br />
*'''Hold for Specimen collection''' - check to activate the order when the specimen collection has been done.<br />
<br />
==Performing==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Performing.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''List of Valid Communication Methods''' - describes the valid list of communication methods for the order. Examples are: Instruction,<br />
Procedure, and Rx.<br />
*'''List of Default Communication Methods''' - organizations can select more than one default communication method for the order.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Routine''' - determines when to consider a Routine order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval ASAP''' - determines when to consider an ASAP order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Stat''' - determines when to consider a Stat order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Today''' - determines when to consider an order scheduled to be done on the current day overdue.<br />
*'''Expiration Interval''' - determines when to consider the order expired. Expired orders can be tracked on the Expired Order report.<br />
*'''Overdue Important checkbox''' - when checked a task is generated for the ordering provider if the order is overdue.<br />
*'''Overdue Date and Time Required checkbox''' - determines if an overdue date and time is required when ordering this lab.<br />
*'''Requested Performing Location Identifiers''' - identifies the tests in the appropriate terminology for the performing locations.<br />
<br />
==Identifiers==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Identifiers.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Mapped Medcin ID''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''HCPCS''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''UPC''' - Universal Product Code. Free text field.<br />
*'''LOINC CODE''' - Local Observation Identifiers Names, a data set for universal lab identifiers.<br />
*'''SNOMED''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
<br />
==Instruction Precaution==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instruction precaution.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*Portions of this article refer to KB article 3108</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Orderable_Item_Dictionary&diff=14471Orderable Item Dictionary2012-10-18T14:14:11Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Description */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Description==<br />
The Orderable Item Dictionary (OID) is the dictionary that holds a list of the unique order entries. This is typically built based on the compendium from you primary vendor, Allscripts delivered items and may also include tests from your other vendors and/or custom built tests created for an Organization or Site. Ultimately this is the list of Orders that the user will have the ability to Order from the [[Add Clinical Item|ACI]] within Enterprise EHR (assuming they are set as Orderable and Users are allowed to order the test in the OID). <br />
<br />
To learn more about building the OID please refer to [[V11 Order and Result Dictionary Build and Synchronization]].<br />
<br />
'''Version Information'''<br />
*[[Article Creation|Article Created based on version]]: 11.1.1<br />
*[[Article Last Update|Last Updated with version]]: 11.1.7<br />
<br />
==Data Grid & Overview==<br />
The dictionary itself is broken down into 2 main classifications, medication and non-medication orderable items. The main data grid displays the set of items that can be ordered, received as resulted order, recorded as resulted orders, as well as entries used for the<br />
classification of other orderable items. Entries could include medications, patient instructions, laboratory items, and radiology items.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Orderable Item.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Code''' - the data parameters for the "Code" field indicate that the entry must be unique within the OID and be 10 characters or less. This code is typically obtained from the organization's lab vendor. <br />
*'''Name''' - the "Name" field indicates that dictionary entry name.<br />
*'''Mnemonic''' - the "Mnemonic" field is similar to the "Code" field in that it shares the same data requirements; the entry must be unique to all other order entries and be 10 characters or less.<br />
*'''Inactive''' - the "Inactive" check-box indicates whether or not the orderable item is "Active". A mark in the check-box indicates that the orderable item is inactive. This field also controls the "OID Mode" field in the Initial details section of the OID. (See below)<br />
<br />
==Initial==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Initial.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Display Name''' - indicates the name that displays in the application for the test. If the display name and the code name on the data grid are different, the system will cross reference during an ACI search.<br />
*'''Linked OCD''' - indicates a linked OCD (if exists). Linked OCD will drive modifier behaviors for the lab test.<br />
*'''Orderable check-box''' - indicates whether the dictionary entry is an Orderable Item or a Parent Class.<br />
*'''Complex check-box''' - used for a collection of items that can be performed without ordering. This check-box currently is only supported with the set up of Vital Panels and should not be utilized when building orderable items.<br />
*'''Orderable Via''' - indicates how the item can be ordered (such as, interface or lab).<br />
*'''OID Mode''' - indicates the mode while the item is built. The mode is controlled by the "Inactive" check-box in the OID data grid.<br />
*'''Order Type''' - indicates where this item falls in the hierarchy (display only field). The Order Type is also an indication of where an orderable item can be found in the ACI.<br />
*'''Modifier Picklists''' - organizations can assign up to three modifier picklists to orderable items. Up to three default modifiers from the picklists can be assigned. Modifier picklists allow for documentation of additional information on a particular orderable item. Modifier picklists only allow for entry of information through drop down fields. (see Additional Information Questions as a more flexible alternative)<br />
*'''Required to Save''' — the Required to Save options indicate if this modifier information is required to save.<br />
<br />
==Medication==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Medication.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''NDC''' - (National Drug Code) Universal standard drugs number that’s defaulted from Medispan.<br />
*'''DDI''' - Medispan internal identifier that is used for drug- drug checking, etc.<br />
*'''Control Substance Code''' - indicates scheduled drugs. Drives narcotic behavior. Choices are: Sched 1-5.<br />
*'''Route of Admin''' - determines the default route to administer the drug. It’s possible to have more than one route of admin (need link to what’s available) from the Sig.<br />
*'''Medication Package Size''' — determines what package size of this the medication to dispense to the patient.<br />
*'''Critical Admin check-box''' – determines if the medication should be considered important when it is overdue.<br />
*'''Keep On Person Prohibited check-box''' — determines if the patient should or should not carry the medication on their person.<br />
*'''GPI, UPC, HRI''' — identifies products. Enabled for user defined products only.<br />
<br />
==Results==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Results.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''RID Selector''' - Clicking on this link will prompt a dialog that allows an administrator to create an association between resultable items and the orderable item.<br />
*'''Results History''' - This check-box indicates whether any historical results for the orderable item should be displayed or suppressed in the Order Details or the Order Viewer.<br />
*'''Resultable Via''' - Controls the method for entering results into the system. The entries in the picklist are described below.<br />
**User - The "user" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered by a user<br />
**Interface - The "interface" entry indicates that results for this order can only be entered through an interface with an external system. (Note: When sent to interface users will not be able to enter results manually)<br />
**User or Interface - Combination of the options above. This entry allows entry of result data either manually or through an interface with an external system.<br />
<br />
==Instructions==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instructions.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Order Instructions''' - free text instructions for the lab.<br />
*'''Patient Instructions''' - free text instructions for the patient. If preloaded for the appropriate orderable in the OID these instructions will appear on the requisition if one is generated.<br />
*'''Must Read Order Instructions''' - when checked the "Additional Details" section is expanded in the "Order Details" at the time of order.<br />
*'''Additional Information Questions''' - additional information questions for the lab appear on the Order Detail page. The sequence of additional information questions can be sequenced.<br />
**Additional Information Questions allow for documentation of required information on an orderable item. The options for data entry in these fields include text, picklist, and date/time data. There is no limit to the number of additional information questions that can be associated with an order. <br />
**Additional Information Questions are similar to the Modifier Picklist entries, but the Additional Information Questions are much more flexible in terms of data entry types, number of items that can be associated with an order, and facilitating workflow.<br />
<br />
==Charge/MN==<br />
[[Image:ChargeMN.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''When to Charge''' - Indicates whether or not a charge should apply to an orderable item. The entries are described below.<br />
**Never<br />
**Upon Completion<br />
**On Order<br />
**When Resulted<br />
*'''Charge Code''' - This field becomes available for selection based on the entry that is selected in the "When to Charge" field. The link allows for an administrator to select a charge code from the charge code dictionary. The code(s) designated in this field will be the codes that drop to the encounter form when the criteria of the "When to Charge" field are met. <br />
*'''CPT 4 Code''' - This field is only available when the "When to Charge" field is set to "Never". This is a free text box that can be used to enter the CPT 4 code for the orderable item. The entry in this field will allow for orderable item to participate in Medical Necessity Checking (LMRP). <br />
*'''CPT4 Text''' — Free text for CPT 4 description. This field is strictly for documentation within the OID and has no impact on the end-user.<br />
*'''Admin Initial Charge Code''' - This field only applies to medications and immunizations. The link allows for an administrator to associate an administration code that would drop to the encounter form once the order has met the criteria specified in the "When to Charge" field. <br />
*'''Admin Additional Charge Code''' - Allows for a second administration code which generally applies when multiple immunizations or medications are administered to a patient.<br />
<br />
==Behavior==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Behavior.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Not Applicable if Gender Equals''' - Excludes order from search results when patient is of selected gender. This field is used when a certain test is gender specific and should not be able to be selected for both male and female patients. <br />
*'''Priority Default''' - indicates the default clinical priority for the order (Stat, ASAP, Pre-Op)<br />
*'''Reasons for Needs Info Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Needs Info status (example: until consent is obtained). The reason must be met before the order can go to an On Hold status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Reasons for Hold For Status''' - organizations can select more than one reason for holding the order in a Hold For status. This field is used on the WorkList page. Users can filter orders by status.<br />
*'''Ordering Authority''' — determines the ordering authority level that is required for this order.<br />
*'''Duplicate Check Interval''' - determines the interval for duplicate checking in specified time frame. This value overrides the Duplicate Check system preference.<br />
*'''Auto-complete upon order becoming Active''' - determines if the system automatically completes the order when it becomes Active. This is for orders that do not need to be tracked and results are not expected (such as a procedure).<br />
*'''Always Display Order Detail Upon Selection''' - whether to display the Order Detail page upon selection.<br />
<br />
==Specimen==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Specimen.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Specimen Instructions''' – free text instructions for handling the specimen. This information displays on the Order Detail and Specimen Collection pages.<br />
*'''Label Type''' - describes the label type for printing.<br />
*'''List of Valid Clinical Sources''' - describes list of valid source for which to collect the specimen. This is for Charge and Documentation purposes. This can be overridden by the Default Clinical Source can be Overridden option.<br />
*'''List of Valid Specimen Types''' - describes the valid specimen types for this order.<br />
*'''Default Clinical Source can be Overridden''' - determines if the clinical source can be overridden.<br />
*'''Hold for Specimen collection''' - check to activate the order when the specimen collection has been done.<br />
<br />
==Performing==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Performing.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''List of Valid Communication Methods''' - describes the valid list of communication methods for the order. Examples are: Instruction,<br />
Procedure, and Rx.<br />
*'''List of Default Communication Methods''' - organizations can select more than one default communication method for the order.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Routine''' - determines when to consider a Routine order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval ASAP''' - determines when to consider an ASAP order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Stat''' - determines when to consider a Stat order overdue.<br />
*'''OverDue Interval Today''' - determines when to consider an order scheduled to be done on the current day overdue.<br />
*'''Expiration Interval''' - determines when to consider the order expired. Expired orders can be tracked on the Expired Order report.<br />
*'''Overdue Important checkbox''' - when checked a task is generated for the ordering provider if the order is overdue.<br />
*'''Overdue Date and Time Required checkbox''' - determines if an overdue date and time is required when ordering this lab.<br />
*'''Requested Performing Location Identifiers''' - identifies the tests in the appropriate terminology for the performing locations.<br />
<br />
==Identifiers==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Identifiers.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*'''Mapped Medcin ID''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''HCPCS''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
*'''UPC''' - Universal Product Code. Free text field.<br />
*'''LOINC CODE''' - Local Observation Identifiers Names, a data set for universal lab identifiers.<br />
*'''SNOMED''' - This field is automatically populated when an orderable item is mapped to an OCD.<br />
<br />
==Instruction Precaution==<br />
<br />
[[Image:Instruction precaution.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*Portions of this article refer to KB article 3108</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Components&diff=14470Components2012-10-18T14:13:29Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Order */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Allscripts ADM / TouchChart / Scan==<br />
{| style="background:#fcfcfc; border:1px dashed #ccc; padding:6px; width:100%;" <br />
| <br />
* [[TouchChart|Overview]]<br />
* [[Touch Chart Information]]<br />
* [[Adding a New Folder to the Scan Chart Structure]]<br />
* [[Audit Process for Scan]]<br />
* [[Correct Scanned Documents]] Reference Guide<br />
* [[Scan Set Up Validation]], providing a straw model for validating your scan set up. <br />
* [[Scan Strategies]]<br />
* [[Scan Question and Answers]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==ConnectR==<br />
[[Image:smallgoldstar.jpg|16px]] [[ConnectR]]<br />
<br/><br />
==Interfaces==<br />
*[[Interfaces]]<br />
==Note==<br />
{| style="background:#fcfcfc; border:1px dashed #ccc; padding:6px; width:100%;" <br />
| <br />
* [[Note|Overview]]<br />
* [[Components of a Note]]<br />
* [[V11 Note]]<br />
** [[V11 Note Basic Build]]<br />
** [[V11 Note Result Letter Configuration]]<br />
* [[V10 Note building basics]]<br />
** [[V10 Note Admin|V10 Note Administration]]<br />
* [[Chief Complaint Driven vs. Problem Driven Note]]<br />
* [[Advanced Note Form Build]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Order==<br />
{| style="background:#fcfcfc; border:1px dashed #ccc; padding:6px; width:100%;" <br />
| <br />
* [[Order|Overview]]<br />
* [[Orderable Item Dictionary]]<br />
* [[Orderable Concept Dictionary]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==SSMT==<br />
[[Image:smallgoldstar.jpg|16px]] [[SSMT]]<br />
<br/><br />
==Tasks==<br />
{| style="background:#fcfcfc; border:1px dashed #ccc; padding:6px; width:100%;" <br />
|<br />
*[[Missing Tasks]]<br />
*[[Tasking]]<br />
*[[Tasks Not Used in v11]]<br />
*[[Application_Troubleshooting#TASKS|Troubleshooting]]<br />
*[[V11 Tasks]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Other EEHR Components & Modules==<br />
{| style="background:#fcfcfc; border:1px dashed #ccc; padding:6px; width:100%;" <br />
| <br />
*[[Add_Clinical_Item|ACI (Add Clinical Item)]]<br />
*[[Charge]]<br />
*[[.NET Preferences]]<br />
*[[Patient banner|Patient Banner]]<br />
*[[Rx]]<br />
|}</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Legal&diff=14469Legal2012-10-18T14:10:28Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>Keeping in mind issues surrounding legal and compliance issues is vital in implementing an EHR. <br />
<br />
*[[Legal Issues related to EHR]]<br />
*[[NCQA]]<br />
*[[Updating Allergies]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Allscripts_Enterprise_V11_Vitals_View_Setup&diff=13841Allscripts Enterprise V11 Vitals View Setup2012-06-13T22:02:38Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a brief explanation of how to create and publish to the end user vitals view within [[Allscripts Enterprise EHR]] v11.<br />
<br />
[[Image:TouchWorks v11 Vitals View.doc]]<br />
<br />
Allscripts Enterprise EHR v11 Vitals View Setup:<br />
<br />
# Create an Orderable Item (OI) for each vital sign you want to capture. Create them in the orderable item dictionary (OID) under Non-Medication and Immunizations -> Clinical Findings ->Vitals (some items come enforced with the OID, so make sure to search for your item prior to adding a new item to eliminate creating duplicates)<br /><br />[[Image:vit1.jpg]]<br />
# Create a Resultable Item (RI) in your resultable item dictionary (RID) for each OID that you want to capture (make sure for items such as blood pressure systolic and diastolic are broken out into two resultable items)<br /><br />[[Image:vit2.jpg]]<br />
# Tie a Resultable item (s) to the corresponding Orderable item within the OI by selecting “RID Selector” and searching for and adding the appropriate corresponding results (some OI’s will have more than one RI such as OI – Blood Pressure will have 2 – systolic and diastolic resultable items)<br /><br />[[Image:vit3.jpg]]<br />
# You will need to create an orderable item that contains all of the vitals you would like to capture (example: All Vitals). You accomplish this by selecting the “Complex” checkbox within this All Vitals orderable item. This will allow you to associate multiple orderable items with this vitals orderable item, so you could add blood pressure, pulse, respiration, etc. via the OID Selector.<br /><br />[[Image:vit4.jpg]] <br />
# Next, within your OID you will select “Picklist” from the bottom left to assign your All Vitals orderable item to a picklist. One picklist comes standard with the application (TW Vitals Picklist), but you can create your own vitals picklist by clicking “Add Picklist” in the Orderable Item Picklist window. Select the existing Picklist or the Picklist you just created (ex: Vitals Picklist) and hit “Add Entry” to add your All Vitals orderable item to the picklist. (this will make the All Vitals orderable item available to the end user as a vitals view).<br /><br />[[Image:vit5.jpg]] <br />
# You can assign the vitals picklist at the enterprise level or at the user level within TWSetup – Preferences which will allow the enterprise/user to see this picklist in their vitals dropdown menu.<br /><br />[[Image:vit6.jpg]]<br />
# You can add multiple vitals groupings to the picklist like “All Vitals”, which would give you multiple choices in the vitals dropdown menu.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Immunizations&diff=13827Immunizations2012-06-12T21:57:07Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Pediatric Immunization Schedules */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Pediatric Immunization Schedules==<br />
Although immunization schedules will vary provider to provider, there is a schedule published by the Center for Disease Control and American Academy of Pediatrics that is deemed that national standard: [http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/recs/schedules/child-schedule.htm#printable Printable CDC Pediatric Immunization Schedules].<br />
<br />
Many providers and parents also consider alternative immunization schedules. Dr. William Sears, a highly regarded pediatrician, has published an alternative schedule. He and his team of pediatric practitioners also provide a lot of general pediatric health and parenting assistance on their website: [http://www.askdrsears.com/default.asp Dr. Sears Pediatric Health Resource].<br />
<br />
In addition, [[Keywords]] can be set up to help providers more easily order immunizations for a particular age group.<br />
<br />
*Do not forget to update your CVX codes. Meaningful Use requires CVX codes as the standard when transmitting immunization information to state registries. For a list of mapped immunizations and CVX codes, take a look at the following link provided by the CDC: [http://www2a.cdc.gov/nip/IIS/IISStandards/vaccines.asp?rpt=cvx IIS: HL7 Standard Code Set CVX -- Vaccines Administered].<br />
*The same goes with MVX codes. Meaningful Use requires that vaccine manufacturers be reported using MVX codes as specified by the CDC. The existing Manufacturer Dictionary includes an MVX field to map vaccine manufacturers to the corresponding MVX code.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=SecureLink_Tips&diff=13680SecureLink Tips2012-05-29T15:22:26Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Set Up Notifications */</p>
<hr />
<div>__toc__<br />
==Enable Access==<br />
If access to the Gatekeeper is disabled, you will need to open SecureLink on the Gatekeeper server and enable it.<br />
<br />
You may follow these steps:<br />
#Open SecureLink: it is found under All Programs -> Enexity SecureLink -> SecureLink Gatekeeper. <br />
#This will launch IE to the local management site for SecureLink. Something like: http://127.0.0.1:4680/ <br />
#You'll notice that Access is Disabled on the main screen:<br />
#:[[Image:SecureLink - Main Page.jpg]]<br />
#Click on the '''Access Disabled''' link.<br />
#On the Connection Status Screen, select Enable Gatekeeper and click Save:<br />
#:[[Image:SecureLink - Access Disabled.jpg]]<br />
#You'll now see that Access is Enabled:<br />
#:[[Image:SecureLink - Access Enabled.jpg]]<br />
<br />
==Set Up Notifications==<br />
Here is a quick overview on how to set up notifications. A notification is sent to clients when Allscripts connects to their servers, this is also true of Galen SecureLink.<br />
<br />
The following needs to be done from each Gatekeeper server:<br />
#Open SecureLink: it is found under All Programs -> Enexity SecureLink -> SecureLink Gatekeeper. <br />
#This will launch IE to the local management site for SecureLink. Something like: http://127.0.0.1:4680/ <br />
#Click Settings - > Notification Settings<br />
#Under Email Addresses, add whichever emails should be notified when people log in<br />
<br />
[[Image:image1.jpg]]<br />
<br />
You can also click on that Activity Report button above and see detail from previous connections:<br />
<br />
[[Image:image2.jpg]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=.NET_Preferences&diff=13646.NET Preferences2012-05-17T19:34:59Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences */</p>
<hr />
<div>=How to set .NET Preferences=<br />
In the TWAdmin workspace, navigate to Preferences on the [[VTB]]. From this location you are able to edit preferences at the [[Enterprise]], [[Organizational]] or [[User]] level and determine if users will be able to override certain preferences on the front end.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Pref_Nav_75_Bold.jpg]]<br />
<br />
==Choosing Preferences Before Test Upgrade==<br />
This [[Media:.NET Preferences Workbook.xls|Excel Workbook]] is available to record preference decisions before the system is available.<br />
Preferences drive much of the system behavior so it is easier to complete the other build tasks if preferences are set first. Preference decisions often require input from multiple representatives of the clinical staff and can therefore be time consuming. For these two reasons it is sometimes helpful to start this decision process before the test upgrade. The preferences can always be altered after the clinical team sees the test system. The workbook also provides a record of your settings in the event a Hotfix or staff member changes them. We recommend only one person be allowed to change preferences and that same person maintain the workbook for change control.<br />
<br />
First review the following articles to understand how each level is set, then review each preference description and record the organization's decisions in the workbook available via download below.<br />
<br />
Pay special attention to article: [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT|Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT]]. This article explains how to use the last column of the workbook.<br />
<br />
==Setting Preferences at an Enterprise or Org Level==<br />
To set preferences for all users in a system and to establish which preferences users have the ability to personalize (set themselves), the administrator will set these preferences at an Enterprise level.<br />
The ability of users to personalize can only be set at the enterprise level, i.e. all users can personalize or no users can personalize. The ability of users to personalize cannot be set at the user level, i.e. it is not possible for one user to personalize and another not. <br />
<br />
For this example, we are going to set how a user’s favorites are populated.<br />
<br />
#To set preferences at the Enterprise level, select Enterprise from the Ent/Org/User Settings drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Select_Enterprise.jpg]]<br />
#The preferences for populating favorites are located under the General preferences category. Select General from the Preferences: drop-down.<br />
#:[[Image:Pref_Nav to General.jpg]]<br />
#Highlight the “Add Favorites Automatically” line <br />
#Click on the cell under the header “Value”<br />
#Setting the value to Y or N. <br />
#* Y = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will automatically be added to their favorites list<br />
#* N = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will not automatically be added to their favorites list.<br />
# To allow the user to change this preference, keep the Can Override box checked.<br />
#:[[Image:Set_Add_Fav_75.jpg]]<br />
#Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#Login as a user and test to see if the system acts as expected<br />
<br />
==Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences==<br />
For this example, the user level preference will be set to display the site selector when a user logs in<br />
<br />
#Select 'User' from the Ent/Org/User dropdown to edit settings at the user level<br />
#Select the organization the user belongs to<br />
#Click the binoculars to seach for the user. The Select a User dialog will open<br />
#:[[Image:LevelReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#Set the search criteria. In this case: UserName - Starting With - Test<br />
#Click binoculars to search<br />
#All users fitting the search criteria will be displayed. Highlight the user to be edited<br />
#Click OK<br />
#:[[Image:UserReplacement.jpg]]<br />
#:<br>The user level preferences will be displayed. Note that the User Can Override column is not available at this level. Only preferences with a value of user can override = Y will be visible.<br />
# Preferences are grouped into categories. Select the preference category from the Preference dropdown. For this example choose the preference category General<br />
# Select the preference row “Always Present Site Selector for User”<br />
# Click on the cell under the header “Value” and select a value from the dropdown. For a description of each preference and what the values will do, refer to [[TW .NET Preferences#TW .NET Preferences|TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
# Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen<br />
#:[[Image:PrefReplacement.jpg]]<br />
# Login as a user and test to see if the system behaves as expected<br />
<br />
==Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT==<br />
In some cases, an organization may want to set a preference differently among users within the same organization. In this situation the best practice is to set the preference of the smaller group of users at the user level and leave the larger group of users at the org or enterprise level preference. These instructions demonstrate setting the site selector to appear at login for floating nurses who move from site to site, but not for anyone else.<br />
# Determine which group of users is smaller and create a list of their usernames. In this case, the floating nurses are the only users in the organization who prefer to have the site selector appear at login so they are the smaller group.<br />
# [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting Preferences at an Enterprise Level|Set the Enterprise or Org level preference]] based on what the majority of users prefers. Most users prefer the site selector not to appear at login, so set the Enterprise or Org level preference to N<br />
# Choose a member of the smaller group and [[TW .NET Preferences#Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences|set their preference at the user level in TW Admin]]. Test User is a floating nurse and wants the site selector to appear at login so set her user level preference to Y<br />
# Log out and extract the category '''TW .NET Preferences''' using SSMT<br />
# Use Excel to delete all rows except the one with 'Test User' under '''*HDRUserName'''<br />
#:[[Image:Excel1Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Copy the setting to create as many rows as there are users in the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel2Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Replace the '''*HDRUserName''' with the usernames of the smaller group<br />
#:[[Image:Excel3Replacement.jpg]]<br />
# Reload the table<br />
<br />
For more details about the SSMT category '''TW .NET Preferences''' see [[SSMT: TW .NET Preferences]]<br />
<br />
==How a User can set their own Personal Preferences==<br />
A provider can personalize their preferences from the clinical toolbar. For this example we are going to say that this user wants to include active problems in past medical history and automatically post those problems to the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
*Login as a provider<br />
*Navigate to Chart on the vertical toolbar<br />
*Select the arrow on the far right hand side of the Clinical Toolbar<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref1.jpg]]<br />
*From the dropdown menu, select personalize.<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
This opens the Personalize dialog box. From here a provider has the ability to change many individualized settings to suit their personal preferences. <br />
<br />
Keep in mind - if the "User can Override" box was not checked in TWAdmin > Preferences for that preference, the user will see the preference greyed out in the Personalize menu. The preference "Double Click Action" demonstrates such behavior in the prior screenshot.<br />
<br />
*Navigate to the Problem Tab <br />
*Select “Problem include in PMH” and change the value to “checked for all”<br />
*:[[Image:Ppref3.jpg]]<br />
*Select “post problem to encounter” and change the value to Y<br />
*Click on Save<br />
<br />
==.NET Preferences==<br />
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.<br />
<br />
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.<br />
<br />
'''Categories'''<br />
Preferences are grouped into categories. The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results. Specific information about each preference is listed below.<br />
<br />
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting. Each of them must be reviewed with your organization's workflows in mind.<br />
<br />
===Alert Preferences===<br />
<br />
'''AllergyListNotReconciled:''' Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category. <br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options: <br />
''Note: Clicking the chart alert icon from the patient banner will populate the list of those not <br />
documented.''<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alert<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Allow Don't Show Me Again Option:''' Allow users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: <br />
Y: Allows users to select Don't Show Me Again<br />
N: Users are always alerted when something is not documented.<br />
<br />
'''BPNotDocumented:''' Indicates if Blood Pressure for Patients 2 and Older is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that Blood Pressure was not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Compliance Medication:''' Indicates whether or not to show Compliance Medication Recommendations Alerts In Encounter Summary (This alert works in conjunction with the CQS module.)<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Compliance Misc:''' Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Misc Recommendations in "My Alerts"(This alert works in conjunction with the CQS module.)<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Compliance Problem:''' Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Problem Recommendations in "My Alerts" (This alert works in conjunction with the CQS module.)<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Compliance Results:''' Ability to show Compliance: Results Recommendations in "My Alerts" (This alert works in conjunction with the CQS module.)<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Display Provider Alerts:''' Allows the users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Default Value: There is no default value - this is a dropdown selection<br />
Options: <br />
1.Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once<br />
2.Check each box individually to select the providers that apply<br />
<br />
'''Display Specialty Alerts:''' Allows the users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialities when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Default Value: There is no default value - this is a dropdown selection<br />
Options:<br />
1.Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once<br />
2.Check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply<br />
<br />
'''HeightNotDocumented:''' Indicates that Height is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented. This NEEDS to be recorded for MU. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented:''' Indicates that Language, Race, or Ethnicity is not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that Language, Race, or Ethnicited has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''MedAllergiesNotDocumented:''' Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Alergies have not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category of the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''MedListNotReconciled:''' Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or the All Other Alerts Category.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''MedsNotDocumented:''' Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Note that prescribing electronic medication needs to demonstrated for MU reporting.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Missing Data - Order/Results:''' Indicates that there is Missing Order/Result Data: Order/Results Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Missing Data Immunizations:''' Indications that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
<br />
'''Missing Data Medications:''' Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Missing Data Misc:''' Indicaties that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Missing Data Problems:''' Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations in "My Alerts"<br />
<br />
Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS. <br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''OverdueOrdersAlerts:''' Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show all orders in my alerts<br />
2.Show all orders in All Other Alerts<br />
3.Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others<br />
4.Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others<br />
5.Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others<br />
6.Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others<br />
7.Never<br />
<br />
'''OverdueRemindersAlerts:''' Gives the user Overdue Reminders Alerts<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.<br />
*Default Value: Show in my alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show all orders in my alerts<br />
2.Show all orders in All Other Alerts<br />
3.Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others<br />
4.Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others<br />
5.Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others<br />
6.Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others<br />
7.Never<br />
<br />
'''ProblemsNotDocumented:''' Patient Problems are Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.<br />
*Default Value: Show in my alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''Show MU Alerts:''' Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU.<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts.<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options:<br />
1: Y - The Encounter Summary will show Meaningful Use alerts<br />
2: N - The Encounter Summary will not show Meaningful Use alerts<br />
<br />
'''SmokingStatus:''' Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This NEEDS to be documented for MU.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
'''WeightNotDocumented:''' Indicates that Weight is Not Documented<br />
<br />
Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a MU criteria.<br />
*Default Value: Show In My Alerts<br />
Options:<br />
1.Show in my alerts<br />
2.Show in all other alerts<br />
3.Never<br />
<br />
===Clinical Trial Preferences===<br />
<br />
'''Works CT Batch Start Time:''' Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.<br />
*Default Value: 12:00 am<br />
Options<br />
1. 12:00 am<br />
2. 1:00 am<br />
3. 2:00 am<br />
4. 3:00 am<br />
5. 4:00 am<br />
6. 5:00 am<br />
7. 6:00 am<br />
8. 7:00 am<br />
9. 7:00 pm<br />
10. 8:00 pm<br />
11. 9:00 pm<br />
12. 10:00 pm<br />
13. 11:00 pm<br />
<br />
'''Works CT Distance:''' Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.<br />
*Default Value: 5<br />
Options:<br />
1. 5 <br />
2. 10 <br />
3. 25 <br />
4. 50 <br />
5. 100<br />
<br />
===General Preferences===<br />
<br />
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean? <br />
<br />
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults<br />
<br />
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default<br />
Options:<br />
1. Return results with ICD9 Codes Only<br />
2. Return symptoms & Diagnoses Only<br />
3. Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
<br />
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default<br />
Options:<br />
1.Return results with ICD9 Codes Only<br />
2.Return symptoms & Diagnoses Only<br />
3.Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Default<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default<br />
Options:<br />
1.Return results with ICD9 Codes Only<br />
2.Return symptoms & Diagnoses Only<br />
3.Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
<br />
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults<br />
<br />
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default<br />
Options:<br />
1.Return results with ICD9 Codes Only<br />
2.Return symptoms & Diagnoses Only<br />
3.Exclude Physical Exam Findings<br />
<br />
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''<br />
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless they manually add it.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: This is on by default<br />
<br />
'''Allergy list Review'''<br />
Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is best to leave blank and revisited when the preference becomes active.<br />
Recommended Setting: Leave Blank<br />
<br />
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' Warn if an allergy is not participating in checking.<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow)<br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' Determines the ability a user can edit CareGuides<br />
<br />
Allows the organziation to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI. <br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: <br />
1. N (Do Not Allow): If set to N providers have the following <br />
CareGuide editing abilities:<br />
* Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider <br />
prefers, medications, problems, <br />
etc.)<br />
* Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables <br />
(i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice<br />
daily instead of once). Providers would be able to <br />
save this default<br />
* Add customized guidelines and save to a personal <br />
template.<br />
* Set a default opening section and save to a personal <br />
template.<br />
* Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the <br />
ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal<br />
template. <br />
2. Y (Allow): If set to Y the providers will have the <br />
following in ADDITION to the N abilities:<br />
* Add new orderable items and save them to the template<br />
* Delete items or headers<br />
* Edit headers<br />
* Rearrange items or headers <br />
<br />
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:''' Allows provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized state<br />
<br />
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final<br />
Default Value: N<br />
Options:<br />
1. Y (Allow users to generate a note before it is final)<br />
2. N (Do Not allow users to generate a note before it is final)<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''<br />
* When set to 'Y' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.<br />
* When set to 'N' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: This is on by default<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Site Selector for User'''<br />
*When set to 'Y' the Site Selector will appear every time a user logs into AE-EHR. This is a great option for floating staff, but can become a nuisance.<br />
*When set to 'N' the Site Selector would only appear if a user hasn't previously set a default. In this case it will default to their default site. The user can change their site in AE-EHR if the menu item has been given to them. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: This is off by default, but can be allowed.<br />
<br />
'''Audit level''' - Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the AE-EHR application including: User name, Patient name,Patient MRN, Access date, Access time, Device used (Web, PDA), Action time, Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed), WebFramework Page accessed This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored. Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production. This is not seen often, but should be considered. These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. <br />
* When set to 'High' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.<br />
* When set to 'Medium' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.<br />
* When set to 'Low' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'High', 'Medium', 'Low'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Low' unless your Enterprise requires higher levels of auditing<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.<br />
* When set to 'All' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected<br />
* When set to 'Follow-Ups and Referrals' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected<br />
* When set to 'Instructions' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected<br />
* When set to 'Medications' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected<br />
* When set to 'Orders' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected<br />
<br />
Available Options: All, Follow-Ups and Referrals, Instructions, Medications, Orders<br />
Default Setting: All<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will require verification when CED documents are imported. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.<br />
* When set to 'N', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing''' - If you have turned on "Clinical Exchange Document Verification" or "Clinical Exchange Documents Item Verification" this specifies the tasking behavior. <br />
* If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a AE-EHR user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team. <br />
* If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient. IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first. If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
* If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team', 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team', <br />
'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team', 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Clinical Exchange Document Team'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''<br />
* This is a free text field which would hold your username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will apear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. if a user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free Text <br />
Recommended Setting: Blank<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Clinical Exchange Documents Item Verification'''<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will require verificaiton when CED items (meds, allergies, problems, etc.) are imported. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.<br />
* When set to 'N', the CED items would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:''' Automatically submit CEDs to communities when patient chart is updated<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow) <br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' Default sharing with Communities (Opt-in) or not share (Opt-out)<br />
<br />
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.<br />
*Default Value: Opt-In<br />
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.<br />
Options: <br />
1.Opt-in: Yes you want to share<br />
2.Opt-out: No you do not want to share<br />
<br />
'''Create Future Encounter''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
Allows the creation of future encounters<br />
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Defaulted Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
*'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:''' Create Overdue Reminder Task<br />
Allows users the option to enable or disable OverDue Reminder Tasks<br />
Options: Y (Allow) or N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 14<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 14<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system. This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific physician. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Any entry in the Provider Dictionary<br />
Recommended Setting: Blank <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default. <br />
<br />
'''Default Specialty ID'''<br />
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Any entry in the Specialty Dictionary<br />
Recommended Setting: Caution -Blank for user/providers (adverse affect of their favorites if not left blank),<br />
Users can populate as needed, but the recommended setign is still "Blank"<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default. <br />
<br />
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''<br />
* This value specifies the default supervising physician for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Any entry in the Provider Dictionary<br />
Recommended Setting: Blank<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default. <br />
<br />
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''<br />
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.<br />
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: This is on by default<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Cache'''<br />
* This setting is looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: Do not change<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Dictionary Edit Max Count'''<br />
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 1000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value between 100 and 1000<br />
Recommended Setting: 1000<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Directives Editable'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
* If set to 'Y' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
* If set to 'N' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise,Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A <br />
<br />
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''<br />
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value between 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 1<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' - Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]<br />
* If set to 'Y', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen. This also allows the ability to upload pictures. <br />
* If set to 'N', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Double Click Action'''<br />
* If set to "View" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.<br />
* If set to "Edit" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'View' or 'Edit'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'View'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.<br />
<br />
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment''' <br />
<br />
Allows users to choose to use either the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.<br />
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Due Date' or 'Start Date'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise only<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' - Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to 'Y' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation. <br />
* If set to 'N' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year. <br />
<br />
* If set to 'Y' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."<br />
* If set to 'N' no reminder will appear.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Enable MSHV''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog. <br />
* If set to 'Y' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. <br />
* If set to 'N' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.<br />
Note: Enterprise EHR usres should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to N<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Default Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Default Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Allowed<br />
<br />
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Default Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Allowed<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''<br />
* When set to 'Encounter Selector'<br />
* When set to 'Create New Encounter'<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Encounter Selector' or 'Create New Encounter'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''<br />
<br />
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a use is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Active entries in the Encounter Type dictionary<br />
Recommended Setting: Chart Update<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Encounter Summary: Always print medication profile<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Default Seting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' Encounter Summary: Always Provide Clinical Summary<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow) <br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''<br />
* When set to 'Type' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type (orders, problems, etc.)<br />
* When set to 'Problem' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Type' or 'Problem'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Problem'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary <br />
* If set to 'N' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''<br />
*If set to 'Y', the encounter summary will appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. <br />
* If set to 'N', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is selected by default and should be shown in training<br />
<br />
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''<br />
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free Text<br />
Recommended Setting: '911'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable<br />
<br />
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethinicity from within the Patient Profile. <br />
NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow)<br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password<br />
*Default Value: Blank<br />
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, anyone can click the detail <br />
button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.<br />
<br />
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Maximum number of pages (estimated) allowed in a chart fax<br />
* This is a numeric field<br />
<br />
Available Options: Free Text Numeric Field<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Fax Warning Type''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Block Fax, Disabled, Warn User<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Language Editable'''<br />
* When set to 'Y', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within AE-EHR.<br />
* When set to 'N', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''<br />
* When set to 'Y', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
* When set to 'N', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''<br />
* This is a numeric value between 0-99. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. The recommendation is 20 and any more than that should be tested prior to implementing. This could introduce a performance issue or become unusable if too many schedules are merged together. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value between 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 20<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Number of Seconds to allow for Worklist Load'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit. <br />
<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value <br />
Recommended Setting: 30<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This timeframe is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric value between 1-99<br />
Recommended Value: 2<br />
Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override? No, This is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''<br />
* If set to ‘Us Units’ the Normative Growth chart will be displayed using US Units.<br />
* If set to ‘Metric Units’ the Normative Growth Chart will be displayed using Metric Units.<br />
<br />
Available Options: ‘Us Units’, ‘Metric Units’<br />
Recommended Value: ‘Us Units’<br />
Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override? Yes, This is on by default and should be shown during training. <br />
<br />
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated. The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary. If a user has entered their password within the allowed timeframe defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. <br />
Available Options: Numeric value from 0 – 99<br />
Recommended Setting: 5<br />
Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User can override? No, this is off an enforced<br />
<br />
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level<br />
Options:<br />
1. Organization<br />
2. Provider<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''<br />
* If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will apear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''<br />
* If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient. <br />
* If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. <br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be warned of this condition.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate' or 'Never' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never' <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Print Patient Education Always'''<br />
* If set to 'Always' the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient edcuation is available whether it is part of a CareGuide or custom education materials added by the client. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
* If set to 'CareGuide Only', the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient education is available if included with the CareGuide. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Always' or 'CareGuide Only'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Always' <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is an option, but not selected by default<br />
<br />
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. <br />
* If set to 'N' the user or provider has the ability to do a lookup against the entire provider dictionary. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' Patient Communication Clinical Summaries Editable<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow) <br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' Patient Communication Reminder Editable<br />
<br />
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders<br />
*Defauly Value: Y<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow) <br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable<br />
<br />
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.<br />
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (Allow) <br />
2. N (Do Not Allow)<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Clinical Choice Button to direct user to a specific tab in ACI<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History', 'Family History', 'Social History'<br />
'Allergies', 'Medication History', 'Immunization History', 'Chief Complaint', 'Rx'<br />
'Medication Administration', 'Lab/Procedures', 'Imaging', 'Follow Up/Referral', 'Instructions'<br />
'Immunizations', 'Supplies', 'CareGuides', or 'QSets'<br />
Default Setting: 'Chief Complaint'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for History Builder Button to direct user to a specific History Builder tab in ACI<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History', 'Family History', 'Social History'<br />
'Allergies', 'Medication History', 'Immunization History', or 'Chief Complaint'<br />
Default Setting: 'Active'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'CareGuide' or 'QSets'<br />
Default Setting: 'QSets'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Lab/Procedures', 'Imaging', 'Follow Up/Referral', 'Instructions'<br />
'Immunizations', or 'Supplies'<br />
Default Setting: 'Lab/Procedures'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Rx' or 'Medication Administration'<br />
Default Setting: 'Rx'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''UA Install Location''' This preference is no longer used. <br />
<br />
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Site' or 'Organization'<br />
Default Setting: 'Organization'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''<br />
* This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free Text - provided by technical representative<br />
Recommended Setting: Blank unless using UAI<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''<br />
* This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify. <br />
<br />
'''Workspace view for tasks that navigate to worklist'''<br />
* This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list. When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Drop down list of available clinical desktop views<br />
Recommended Setting: Worklist view designed to efficiently complete worklist items<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this should be explained in training.<br />
<br />
===HMP Preferences===<br />
<br />
'''Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded:''' Health Maintenance Problems:<br />
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
*Default Value: Show in my alerts<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''HMP Vitals Units:''' HMP Vitals Units:<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values. <br />
*Default Value: US Metric system<br />
Options:<br />
1.US<br />
2.Metric<br />
3.As Entered <br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed<br />
exactly how the value was entered.<br />
<br />
'''NormativeGrowthChart:''' Normative Growth Chart in Units<br />
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart values.<br />
*Default Value: US Units<br />
Options:<br />
1.US Units<br />
2.Metric Units<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''NormativeGrowthChartOrder:''' Normative Growth Chart Order<br />
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.<br />
*Default Value: Height / Weight / BMI<br />
Options:<br />
1.Heigh-Weight-BMI<br />
2.Weight-Height-BMI<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded:''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
*Default Value: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded:''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
*Default View: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded:''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.<br />
*Default View: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded:''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.<br />
*Default Value: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Show Blank Rows:''' Show Blank Rows:<br />
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: Yes or No<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Show Clinical Findings if:''' Show Clinical Findings if:<br />
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A <br />
Options: <br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Show Diagnostic Imaging if:''' Show Diagnostic Findings if:<br />
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: <br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Follow - up if:''' Show Follow-up if:<br />
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. <br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Immunizations if:''' Show Immunizations if:<br />
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Instructions if:''' Show Instructions if:<br />
Indicates that instructions should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Incomplete Show on Order List Order<br />
3.Reminder<br />
4.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Laboratory if:''' Show Laboratory if:<br />
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Medication Admin if:''' Show Medication Admin if:<br />
Indicates that Medication Admin should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Other Diagnostic Testing if:''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if:<br />
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Precautions if:''' Show Precautions if:<br />
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Incomplete Show on Order List Order<br />
3.Reminder<br />
4.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Referrals if:''' Show Referrals if:<br />
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Show Supplies if:''' Show Supplies if:<br />
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met.<br />
*Default Value: N/A<br />
Options: (Can select 0-ALL of the options)<br />
1.Incomplete Order<br />
2.Reminder<br />
3.Most Recent<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
Note: Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all<br />
three of the valid values for this preference.<br />
<br />
'''Specialty Problem View - Default Other Problems to Expanded:''' Specialty Problem View - Default Other Problems to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not other problems default to an expanded state in the Problem View.<br />
*Default Value: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Specialty Problem View - Default Specialty Problems to Expanded:''' Specialty Problem View - Default Specialty Problems to Expanded:<br />
Indicates whether or not the other problems default to an expanded state in the Problem View.<br />
*Default Value: Always<br />
Options: <br />
1.Alert <br />
2.Never<br />
3.Always<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Suppress Other Medication''' - Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.<br />
<br />
Setting Y would suppress Other Medication and not show in the HMP, whereas setting to N would not suppress these and show Other Medication in the HMP.<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: Y or N<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Suppress Other Orders''' - Determines whether or not to display "Other Orders" in the HMP.<br />
<br />
Setting Y would suppress Other Orders and not show in the HMP, whereas setting to N would not suppress these and show Other Medication in the HMP.<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: Y or N<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
===Meds Preferences===<br />
'''Apply to All checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.<br />
* If set to 'N' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Auto Dispense Inventory Medications''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Set prescribe action to dispense for in-inventory medications<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Default Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''<br />
* This is a numeric value between 0-99. This represents the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric value between 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 14<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Default Rx Action for Renewal'''<br />
* If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription.<br />
* If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'previous action', 'user default'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'previous action'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, user<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.<br />
<br />
'''Destination: Default Rx Action'''<br />
* If set to 'Call Rx' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.<br />
* If set to 'Dispense Sample', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.<br />
* If set to 'Print Rx' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.<br />
* If set to 'Record' the Rx action will default to Record.<br />
* If set to 'Send To Mail Order' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.<br />
* If set to 'Send to Retail' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'CallRx', 'Dispense Sample', 'Print Rx', 'Record', 'Send To Mail Order', 'Send to Retail'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Send to Retail'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin By'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Date'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Dose'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Lot'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Manufacturer'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Route'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Admin Site'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces them to manually select the value each time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Default Disp Save Default'''<br />
* If set to 'Y', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values. <br />
* If set to 'N', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Display RX Coverage Detail'''<br />
*Default set to 'Y'<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''DUR Acknowledge Reason''' <br />
* If set to 'Y' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning. <br />
* If set to 'N' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing''' <br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise'''<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing''' - [DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".]<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise'''<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing''' - [DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never".]<br />
<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise'''<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.<br />
<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise'''<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise'''<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.<br />
'''Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise''' <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
*Special Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Immunization Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. <br />
<br />
'''EnableMAI:''' Enable Medication Adherence Indicators<br />
<br />
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: Y or N<br />
<br />
'''Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub. This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse. If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. <br />
* If set to 'N' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications. <br />
* New in v11.1.6 and newer this can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]] <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' then Script messaging is enabled between the physician and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network. This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for physicians or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging. When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax. This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.<br />
* If set to 'N' Script messaging will be disabled. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N', unless setup for SureScripts usage<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Enable Touchscript Messaging'''<br />
* If 'Y' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from AE-EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts. If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager.<br />
* If set to 'N' this feature will be disabled.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N', unless setup for FirstFill usage<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''<br />
* If set to 'off formulary with preferred' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to 'preferred' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.<br />
* If set to 'never' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'off formulary with preferred', 'preferred', 'never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. <br />
* If set to 'Deferred' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information.<br />
* If set to 'Never' the user would not receive the warning.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Deferred', 'Never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Immediate'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Immunization - Expiration Date''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration. <br />
* If set to 'Y' this will require the user to enter an expiration date<br />
* If set to 'N' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Immunization - Lot Required''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to 'Y' this will require the user to enter a lot number<br />
* If set to 'N' this will not require the user to enter a lot number<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Immunization - Manufacturer''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.<br />
* If set to 'Y' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number<br />
* If set to 'N' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Immunization - NDC''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.<br />
* If set to 'Y'<br />
* If set to 'N'<br />
* If set to 'Chargeable'<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y', 'N' or 'Chargeable'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Immunization - Requiredness''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Required field behavior.<br />
* If set to Required to Complete<br />
* If set to Required to Save<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to Complete' or 'Required to Save'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Immunization Order Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Prospective' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'Retrospective' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prospective', 'Retrospective', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Not Required'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''MAR Prescription BarCode'''<br />
* If set to 'AHS RX Number' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number. <br />
* If set to 'NDC' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code. <br />
* If set tp 'GPI' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'AHS Rx Number', 'NDC', 'GPI'<br />
Recommended Setting: Leave this setting alone. This is only used with the MAR product which most clinics do not use. <br />
For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin - Expiration Date ''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to 'Y' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration<br />
* If set to 'N' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin - Lot Required ''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to 'Y' a lot is required to complete a medication administration<br />
* If set to 'N' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin - Manufacturer''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. <br />
* If set to 'Y' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration<br />
* If set to 'N' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A <br />
<br />
'''Med Admin - NDC''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.<br />
* If set to 'Y'<br />
* If set to 'N'<br />
* If set to 'Chargeable'<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y', 'N' or 'Chargeable'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Med Admin - Requiredness''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Required field behavior.<br />
* If set to Required to Complete<br />
* If set to Required to Save<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to Complete' or 'Required to Save'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Med History Query Duration'''<br />
* Available in 11.1.6 and newer only!<br />
* Allows for a specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub<br />
* Configurable from one month to 24 months.<br />
Available Options: Numeric from 1 to 24<br />
Default Setting: is 6 (months)<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced <br />
<br />
'''Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for the medication history consent.<br />
*Default Value: Unknown<br />
Options:<br />
1.Granted<br />
2.Declined<br />
3.Unknown<br />
<br />
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''<br />
* This preference is enacted when the setting for '''Order Authentication Required''' is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to reauthenticate within the system. If this setting is set to 0, the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med. If set to 5, the user will need to reauthenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes. This setting does not apply to the login screen.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: '0'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Prospective' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'Retrospective' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prospective', 'Retrospective', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Prospective'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
*Special Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. <br />
<br />
'''Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''<br />
* If set to 'off formulary with preferred' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available. <br />
* If set to 'preferred' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available.<br />
* If set to 'never' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'off formulary with preferred', 'preferred', 'never'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'off formulary with preferred'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on and should be described during training<br />
<br />
'''Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to 'N' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to 'N' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to 'N' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. <br />
* If set to 'N' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
* This setting is not used and should be left blank.<br />
<br />
'''Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''<br />
* This setting is not used and should be left blank.<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule''' - Need to verify this. This preference goes along with the MAR system.<br />
<br />
* If set to 'Y' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available.<br />
* If set to 'N' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization.<br />
* If set to 'N' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Print Problem'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the problem tied to the medication will be printed on the prescription.<br />
* If set to 'N' the problem tied to the medication will not display on prescriptions.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Print Script: Hide or Show the Sites'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Site will display on the prescription<br />
* If set to 'N' the Site will not display on the prescription<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Print Script: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Site name and address will display on the controlled prescription<br />
* If set to 'N' the Site name and address will not display on the controlled prescription<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Required to Save", the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. <br />
* If set to 'Needs Info Reason', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task. This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to save', 'needs info reason', 'not required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Required to save' - this helps build quicksets<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, user<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is an option<br />
<br />
'''Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx updates Ordered By Field'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider. This can be a good feature when physicians are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing doctor documented as the Ordering Physician.<br />
* If set to 'N' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribing: Warn if a medication is not participating in checking'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user will be prompted when prescribing a medication that does not participate in DUR checking. This is usually the case with user defined medications.<br />
* If set to 'N' the user will not be prompted when prescribing a medication that does not participate in DUR checking.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''<br />
* If set to 'Hide' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.<br />
* If set to 'Show' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Show' or 'Hide'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Show'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribing: Hide or Show the Allscripts watermark on Printed prescriptions'''<br />
* If set to 'Hide' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.<br />
* If set to 'Show' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Show' or 'Hide'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Show'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribing without Allergy Status'''<br />
* If set to 'Prevent' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to 'Warn' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to 'Do Not Warn' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prevent', 'Warn', 'Do not Warn'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Warn'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Prescribing without Pharmacy Specified'''<br />
* If set to 'Prevent' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set. This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. <br />
* If set to 'Warn' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. <br />
* If set to 'Do Not Warn' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prevent', 'Warn', 'Do not Warn'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Warn'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the supervising physician will not be tasked when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. <br />
* If set to 'Notification Only' the supervising physician will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician.<br />
* If set to 'Authorization before fulfillment' the supervising physician will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Not Required', 'Notification Only', 'Authorization before fulfillment'<br />
Recommended Setting: this should be based on your organizational policy<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''<br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the supervising physician will not be tasked when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. <br />
* If set to 'Notification Only' the supervising physician will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician.<br />
* If set to 'Authorization before fulfillment' the supervising physician will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Not Required', 'Notification Only', 'Authorization before fulfillment'<br />
Recommended Setting: this should be based on your organizational policy<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''<br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the supervising physician will not be tasked when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. <br />
* If set to 'Notification Only' the supervising physician will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician.<br />
* If set to 'Authorization before fulfillment' the supervising physician will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering doctor that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the doctor that is defined as the supervising physician. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Not Required', 'Notification Only', 'Authorization before fulfillment'<br />
Recommended Setting: this should be based on your organizational policy<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the physician or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. This behavior is also dependant on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.<br />
* If set to 'N' the physician or user will not be prompted to enter their password.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Disable faxing of Class 2,3,4,5 Scheduled Meds'''<br />
* If set to '2' the system will not allow faxing of schedule II medications<br />
* If set to '2,3' the system will not allow faxing of schedule II or III medications<br />
* If set to '2,3,4' the system will not allow faxing of schedule II, III or IV medications<br />
* If set to '2,3,4,5' the system will not allow faxing of controlled medications<br />
* If set to 'Always' the system will not allow faxing of medications<br />
<br />
Available Options: '2', '2,3', '2,3,4', '2,3,4,5', 'Always', ''<br />
Recommended Setting: '2' - this is the typical state requirement. <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Disable Printing of Class 2,3,4,5 Scheduled Meds'''<br />
* If set to '2' the system will not allow printing of schedule II medications<br />
* If set to '2,3' the system will not allow printing of schedule II or III medications<br />
* If set to '2,3,4' the system will not allow printing of schedule II, III or IV medications<br />
* If set to '2,3,4,5' the system will not allow printing of controlled medications<br />
* If set to 'Always' the system will not allow printing of medications<br />
<br />
Available Options: '2', '2,3', '2,3,4', '2,3,4,5', 'Always', ''<br />
Recommended Setting: '' <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''RxWeb List Limit'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric value between 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: leave blank (unlimited)<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is an option<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Use current date for dispense date'''<br />
<br />
Determines the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: Y or N<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Expiration Date Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Lot Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Manufacturer required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Quantity Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Samples - Quantity Units Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Prospective' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.<br />
* If set to 'Retrospective' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. That medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prospective', 'Retrospective', 'Not Required' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Prospective' - this should be based on your organizations policy<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Prospective' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.<br />
* If set to 'Retrospective' a Order Notification task would be created if a level II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' no tasks will be created if a level II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. That medication would be fulfilled immediately. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prospective', 'Retrospective', 'Not Required' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Prospective' - this should be based on your organizations policy<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
===Meds/Orders Preferences===<br />
'''Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''<br />
* This Value is a number representing number of hours. This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order. If a duplicate is found within the specified timeframe, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 0-99<br />
Recommended Setting: 48<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Enable Rx-Orders Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to 'Y' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. A Task would be created for the Ordering physician to verify.<br />
* If set to 'N', the med or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Med/Orders List Review''' - Leave blank, this is currently unused.<br />
<br />
'''Monitor Order Selection'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the system will track how users are selecting orders. This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides. This can be used to review workflows. This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data.<br />
* If set to 'N', they will not track how orders are selected.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order Cancel Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.<br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''<br />
* If set to 'Required to Save' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.<br />
* If set to 'Needs Info Reason' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to Save', 'Needs Info Reason', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Required to Save'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''<br />
* If set to 'Required to Save' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.<br />
* If set to 'Needs Info Reason' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an approapriate billable problem. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to Save', 'Needs Info Reason', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Required to Save'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Order Discontinue Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue.<br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Order Defer Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer.<br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Order Entered in Error Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. <br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Order Permanent Defer Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer.<br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Order Void Reason'''<br />
* If set to 'Required' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. <br />
* If set to 'Prompt' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order.<br />
* If set to 'Allowed' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required', 'Prompt', 'Allowed'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Allowed'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes this is available<br />
<br />
'''Overdue Order Task Creation'''<br />
* If set to 'All Overdue' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. <br />
* If set to 'Overdue Important' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'All Overdue', 'Overdue Important'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Overdue Important'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void:''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void<br />
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or order. The system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding. <br />
*Default: Stay on worklist<br />
NOTE: After voiding or authorizing an order, the user will either stay on the current patient worklist or be taken to the next patient,<br />
Options: <br />
1. Stay on Worklist<br />
2. Go to next patient<br />
<br />
===Note Preferences===<br />
<br />
'''Document Add Review Stamp''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Add review stamp when a document review task is completed. <br />
* When set to 'Y' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.<br />
* When set to 'N' no review stamp will display<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes<br />
<br />
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note. This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no AE-EHR session open. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric value<br />
Recommended Setting: 24<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Default Make Final'''<br />
* Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.<br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. <br />
* If set to 'N' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''<br />
<br />
* Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.<br />
* If set to 'No Navigation' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing. <br />
* If set to 'Schedule' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to 'Task View' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.<br />
* If set to 'MD Charges' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'No Navigation', 'Schedule', 'Task View', 'MD Charges'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'No Navigation' - this really should be set on a user level based on their desired workflow<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''DefaultSpecialtyInFormSelector:''' Default the Specialty Filter in the Form Selector to the specialty selected for the note<br />
Allows users to select a default specialty filter in the Form selector for note<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: <br />
(Y): Default for the specialty filter for the assigned <br />
specialty note<br />
(N): Don't default for the assigned specialty note<br />
<br />
'''Note Default Owner'''<br />
* Determines the default owner for Notes.<br />
* If set to 'Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.<br />
* If set to 'Always use Most recently used note owner' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user. This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.<br />
* If set to 'None' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use MRU', 'Always use MRU note owner', 'None'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use MRU'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Default Signature Display'''<br />
<br />
* This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:<br />
<br />
# Firstname Lastname, Credentials; Date/Time (Signature Type) <br />
# Firstname Lastname, Credentials; User/Profession Date/Time (Signature Type) <br />
# Firstname Lastname, Date/Time (Signature Type) <br />
# Firstname Lastname, User/Profession Date/Time (Signature Type)<br />
<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Firstname Lastname, Date/Time (Signature Type)'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Default Signature Type'''<br />
* This is a drop down menu that lists all available options from the Signature Type dictionary. The option selected will be defaulted into the Sign Note dialog box.<br />
<br />
Available Options: All active entries from the Signature Type dictionary<br />
Recommended Setting: Leave Blank and train the user to set the appropriate default.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Default Visit Type'''<br />
* Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type.<br />
* If set to 'None' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.<br />
* If set to 'Last' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'None', 'Last'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Last'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Don't Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.<br />
* If set to 'N' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks. This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit. The task will automatically be removed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced <br />
<br />
'''Don't Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.<br />
* If set to 'N' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. This task would apply when a physician is covering for another doctor and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the 'Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary. Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced <br />
<br />
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''<br />
<br />
* This is a numeric value that defines how many days until all lists within a note are locked. This includes lists such as Problems, Vitals, Immunizations, and Medications. This only applies to notes that have not been finalized. Once a note is finalized or this time limit has been reached, the lists will not update automatically.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric value<br />
Recommended Setting: 7<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes. The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.<br />
* If set to 'N' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: This should be set based on the organizations preference to use v11 note<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced <br />
<br />
'''CC or RFV Required for E&M Code''' - need further details to explain.<br />
* If set to 'Y' the E&M coder will require the CC or RFV be set.<br />
* If set to 'N' the E&M coder will not require these values. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described in training<br />
<br />
'''E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.<br />
* If set to 'N' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described in training<br />
<br />
'''Post Text to Current Note'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
* If set to 'N' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described in training<br />
<br />
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the document will print using the document type specific document template and override the users preferred setting. This can be useful if certain types of document require specific document templates. <br />
* If set to 'N' the users auto-print defaults will be used. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
===Orders Preferences===<br />
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''<br />
* If set to 'Problem Based' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.<br />
* If set to 'Rx-Orders' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Problem Based', 'Rx-Orders'<br />
Recommended Setting: This depends on the use of CareGuides and QuickSets<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is an option<br />
<br />
'''AllowManualSettingsofSpecimenToBeCollectedField:''' Allow Manual Setting of Specimen To Be Collected Field<br />
Allows the organization to determine if Specimen To Be Collected to be manually entered by the user<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: Y or N<br />
<br />
'''Always Present Fax Dialog When Requesting Faxing Requisition'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Fax Dialog screen will always present to a user when faxing a requisition.<br />
* If set to 'N' the Fax Dialog screen will only present to a user if they don't have a default defined.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.<br />
* If set to 'N' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training. <br />
<br />
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: 6<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:''' Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL filtering<br />
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI <br />
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level<br />
*Default Value: Y<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (when set to Y the To Be Performed box on the ACI will filter <br />
by the RPL values per Order Type) <br />
2. N (when set to N the To Be Performed box does not display in the ACI) <br />
<br />
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:''' Enable Orderable Item selection by Site filtering<br />
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID<br />
<br />
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.<br />
<br />
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level<br />
*Default Value: N<br />
Options: <br />
1. Y (when set to Y the orderable items are filtered based on site <br />
restrictions configured within the OID)<br />
2. N (when set to N then all orderable items are displayed)<br />
<br />
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'N' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric or Blank Values<br />
Value of "0" means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password<br />
Value of "blank" means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password<br />
Recommended Setting: 0<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Prospective' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Physician if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'Retrospective' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Physician if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.<br />
* If set to 'Not Required' no tasks will be created.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prospective', 'Retrospective', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Not Required' - this should be based on your organizational policies<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.<br />
* If set to 'N' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Order Authorization level''' - this setting is not used, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Enable Order Authorization'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.<br />
* If set to 'N' orders will not require authorization.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Enable Order notification'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' order notification tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require retrospective authorization.<br />
* If set to 'N' orders notification tasks will not be created.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Order Notification Level'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that defines the Order level that a notification task should be created for. This number must be 1-10 and the system will create Order Notification tasks for any order that has a higher level than the value defined here if an Order is defined as requiring retrospective authorization.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: Leave blank<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''<br />
* If set to 'Prevent' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to 'Warn' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to 'Do Not Warn' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prevent', 'Warn', 'Do Not Warn'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Do Not Warn'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''<br />
* If set to 'Prevent' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.<br />
* If set to 'Warn' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.<br />
* If set to 'Do Not Warn' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prevent', 'Warn', 'Do Not Warn'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Do Not Warn'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''<br />
* If set to 'Required to Save' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order. <br />
* If set to 'Needs Info Reason' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent. <br />
* If set to 'Not Required' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Required to Save', 'Needs Info Reason', 'Not Required'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Required to Save'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.<br />
* If set to 'N' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Chargeable Order Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.<br />
* If set to 'Deferred' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.<br />
* If set to 'Never' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Deferred', 'Never' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to 'Deferred' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to 'Never' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Deferred', 'Never' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''<br />
* If set to 'Immediate' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.<br />
* If set to 'Deferred' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.<br />
* If set to 'Never' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Immediate', 'Deferred', 'Never' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Never'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced. <br />
<br />
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.<br />
* If set to 'N' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders. This setting does not apply to medications.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
* It can be set to Order Only or Exact Match. If set to order Only, the system behaves as it is currently. If set to exact match, the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. So if set to Exact match – if the ordering provider and billing provider don’t match it won’t drop the charges to that encounter.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Order Only' or 'Exact Match'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
===Problem Preferences===<br />
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]<br />
* If set to 'Y' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user. This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.<br />
* If set to 'N' problems will not get set to an unverified status.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Problem resolved date equals today'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.<br />
* If set to 'N' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Problem Include in PMH'''<br />
* If set to 'Unchecked' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to 'Checked for All' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.<br />
* If set to 'Checked for Chronic Only' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Unchecked', 'Checked for All', 'Checked for Chronic Only'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Unchecked'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Problem List Review''' - this is currently unused, leave blank.<br />
<br />
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. <br />
* If set to 'N' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Y'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Show unverified problems in the ALL view only'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view. <br />
* If set to 'N' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''When No Linked V code for PMH''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Show ICD-9 for active problem' or 'Show no ICD-9'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No<br />
<br />
===Results Preferences===<br />
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen. <br />
* If set to 'N' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''<br />
* This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free text field that must be the exact name of a vitals picklist. This is case sensitive.<br />
Recommended Setting: set to a vitals picklist designed for this age group.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by deault and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''<br />
* This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free text field that must be the exact name of a vitals picklist. This is case sensitive.<br />
Recommended Setting: set to a vitals picklist designed for this age group.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''<br />
* This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free text field that must be the exact name of a vitals picklist. This is case sensitive.<br />
Recommended Setting: set to a vitals picklist designed for this age group and gender.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''<br />
* This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Free text field that must be the exact name of a vitals picklist. This is case sensitive.<br />
Recommended Setting: set to a vitals picklist designed for this age group and gender.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be explained during training.<br />
<br />
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
* If set to 'Y' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
* If set to 'N' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: Y<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: N/A<br />
<br />
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.<br />
* If set to 'Y' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist<br />
* If set to 'N' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Results to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: 3<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off by default.<br />
<br />
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''<br />
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created. <br />
<br />
Available Options: Numeric Value<br />
Recommended Setting: 3<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off by default.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.<br />
* When set to 'Y' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting:<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box. <br />
* If set to 'Y' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box<br />
* If set to 'N' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: <br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Optional<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''<br />
<br />
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.<br />
* If set to 'Prevent' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to 'Warn' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
* If set to 'Do Not Warn' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Prevent', 'Warn', 'Do Not Warn'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'Warn'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''<br />
<br />
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All<br />
* If set to 'Go To Note' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.<br />
* If set to 'Go To Next Patient' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.<br />
* If set to 'Stay on Worklist' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Go To Note', 'Go To Next Patient', 'Stay on Worklist'<br />
Recommended Setting: Depends on desired workflow, set the best default and train users to select their preference.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify''' Modified in v11.1.7<br />
* This is a drop down of all available note types in the system. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines the note type used for QVerify.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Any note type in the document type dictionary that is valid (v10 or v11 note)<br />
Recommended Setting: Results Verification note type designed for this workflow<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
* This is a drop down of all available note types in the system. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines the note type used for Verify.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Any note type in the document type dictionary that is valid (v10 or v11 note)<br />
Recommended Setting: Results Verification note type designed for this workflow<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify''' Modified in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
* If set to 'Create New Note' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.<br />
* If set to 'No Note' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of QVerify.<br />
* If set to 'Select Note' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Create New Note', 'No Note', 'Select Note'<br />
Recommended Setting: Determined by workflow. Set to the best default and alert users of this preference during training.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action. <br />
* If set to 'Create New Note' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.<br />
* If set to 'No Note' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.<br />
* If set to 'Select Note' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Create New Note', 'No Note', 'Select Note'<br />
Recommended Setting: Determined by workflow. Set to the best default and alert users of this preference during training.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify. <br />
* If set to 'Call Patient with Results' the 'Call Pt with Results' option will be selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This option creates a 'Call Patient with Results' task and requires a note.<br />
* If set to 'Discussed Results With Patient' the 'Discussed results with patient' option is selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This option does not require a note and it is noted in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to 'Mail Results to Patient' the 'Mail Results to Patient' option is selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This requires a note.<br />
* If set to 'No Patient Communication Needed at this Time' the 'No Patient communication needed at this time' option is selected by default. If used, this option is noted in the results communication details within the results details. <br />
* If set to 'Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results' the 'Schedule Results F/U' option is selected by default. This action creates a 'Schedule Results follow up task and does not require a note. <br />
<br />
Available Options: <br />
-'Call Patient with Results'<br />
-'Discussed Results With Patient'<br />
-'Mail Results to Patient'<br />
-'No Patient Communication Needed at this Time'<br />
-'Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results'<br />
Recommended Setting: Determined by workflow. Set to the best default and alert users of this preference during training.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify''' Added in v11.1.7<br />
<br />
This preference determines the default communication method for Verify. <br />
* If set to 'Call Patient with Results' the 'Call Pt with Results' option will be selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This option creates a 'Call Patient with Results' task and requires a note.<br />
* If set to 'Discussed Results With Patient' the 'Discussed results with patient' option is selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This option does not require a note and it is noted in the Results communication details that this option was selected.<br />
* If set to 'Mail Results to Patient' the 'Mail Results to Patient' option is selected by default on the Results Verification Screen. This requires a note.<br />
* If set to 'No Patient Communication Needed at this Time' the 'No Patient communication needed at this time' option is selected by default. If used, this option is noted in the results communication details within the results details. <br />
* If set to 'Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results' the 'Schedule Results F/U' option is selected by default. This action creates a 'Schedule Results follow up task and does not require a note. <br />
<br />
Available Options: <br />
-'Call Patient with Results'<br />
-'Discussed Results With Patient'<br />
-'Mail Results to Patient'<br />
-'No Patient Communication Needed at this Time'<br />
-'Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results'<br />
Recommended Setting: Determined by workflow. Set to the best default and alert users of this preference during training.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''<br />
<br />
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated ResultsVerification tasks. <br />
* If set to 'Current User' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.<br />
* If set to 'Ordering Provider' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.<br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Current User'. 'Ordering Provider' <br />
Recommended Setting: 'Ordering Provider'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Required'''<br />
<br />
Determines if the results verification is required. <br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default. This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting. If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting. <br />
* If set to 'N' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify''' Modified in v11.1.7<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action. <br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'Show Verified Results in Result Document' option will be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen. Having this option selected automatically posts the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to 'N' the 'Show verified results in Result Document' option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification screen.<br />
* If set to 'As Per Post to Note Icon' the 'Show verified results in Result Document' option will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y', 'N', 'As Per Post to Note Icon'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'As Per Post to Note Icon'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described in training.<br />
<br />
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify...''' Addedin v11.1.7<br />
<br />
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action. <br />
* If set to 'Y' the 'Show Verified Results in Result Document' option will be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen. Having this option selected automatically posts the verified results to the note created in the verification process.<br />
* If set to 'N' the 'Show verified results in Result Document' option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification screen.<br />
* If set to 'As Per Post to Note Icon' the 'Show verified results in Result Document' option will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y', 'N', 'As Per Post to Note Icon'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'As Per Post to Note Icon'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described in training.<br />
<br />
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order. If you have an Order with many resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only. <br />
* If set to 'N' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''<br />
* If set to 'Y' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. This requires extra setup and the UAI module. This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Alyn device.<br />
* If set to 'N' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. <br />
<br />
Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'<br />
Recommended Setting: 'N'<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization<br />
User Can Override: No this is off and enforced.<br />
<br />
'''Vitals Picklist'''<br />
* This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used. This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.<br />
<br />
Available Options: Drop down list of valid Vital Sign Picklists defined in your OID dictionary.<br />
Recommended Setting: Use the preferred vital signs picklist defined by your organization.<br />
Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User<br />
User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be described during training.<br />
<br />
==Removed in 11.2==<br />
===From General===<br />
*UAIInstallLocation<br />
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc<br />
<br />
===From Orders===<br />
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition<br />
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition<br />
*OrderEntryAuthLevel<br />
*OrderEntryNotification<br />
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit<br />
<br />
Return to: [[V10 to V11.2 Build Workbook (BW)]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=V11_Note_Result_Letter_Configuration&diff=13634V11 Note Result Letter Configuration2012-05-15T17:56:43Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Results Letter without Cited Results */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Results Letter without Cited Results==<br />
Many providers will want to send a letter without the result cited because they can cause the patient confusion. <br />
<br />
===TWAdmin Setup===<br />
*Preference Setting - Results<br />
**Result Verification Shows Verified Results in the Results Document - Value = N<br />
*Note Input Setting - (Your result letter)<br />
**Remove check-mark from "Include items in Note Output by default"<br />
<br />
===Workflow===<br />
#Provider selects the “Mail Results to Patient” option in the result verification dialog box, removes the check mark in the “Show verified results in Result Document” and clicks “Verify & Go To Note.”<br />
#The Results Letter will be the only option for outputs. The provider will still select the appropriate check boxes or type/Dragon their message to the patient. <br />
#Now the result will not appear in the letter.<br />
<br />
(Written with version 11.1.5)<br />
<br />
==Verified Results Communication and Documentation Set-up (V11.1.7)==<br />
When verifying a result in EEHR, an option exists to have those verified results post to a Result Document. This in turn allows a provider to make comments about the results within that same document and/or indicate a change in the plan of care. This document can then be printed and mailed directly to the patient. <br />
<br />
To Default a Result Document After VR at the Enterprise Level:<br />
*Log in as TWAdmin <br />
*Click '''Preferences''' from the Verticle Toolbar <br />
*Under "general" Encounter Selection from Worklist = Create New Encounter<br />
*Encounter Type for worklist = Result Review or set per your organizations policies<br />
<br />
[[Image:Encounter_SelectionLT.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*Where it says "preference" change the drop-down to "Results"<br />
<br />
[[Image:ResultsPreferenceLT.jpg]]<br />
<br />
*Result Verification Note Typy for Qverify = Result Document (name will vary by organization)<br />
*Result Verification Note Type for Verify... = Result Document (name will vary by organization)<br />
*Result Verification Note Use-For Qverify = Create New Note<br />
*Result Verification Note Use-For Verify... = Create New Note<br />
*Result Verification Patient Communication Method for Qverify = Mail Results to Patient<br />
*Result Verification Patient Communication Method for Verify... = Mail Results to Patient<br />
*Click Save<br />
<br />
Once this has been set at the Enterprise Level, all providers (as long as their personal settings are overriding <br />
the Enterprise settings) will see the Result Verification Dialogue box as it appears below:<br />
<br />
[[Results Verification Process|Click here for a more detailed view of the Result Verification window]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:ResultDialogueLT.png]]<br />
<br />
*Either click "verify and go to note" to complete the note/letter or enter messages and/or annotations then "verify"<br />
*Depending on organizational preferences a task will be generated for that Result Document<br />
*If the providers wish to exclude the results from the result document that will be sent to the patient, the provider can remove the check mark in the “Show verified results in Result Document” box and then click “Verify & Go To Note" to complete the note/letter.<br />
<br />
Please note that many of these preferences can be set at the user level and changes can also be made within the Result Verification Dialogue box.<br />
<br />
Having these preferences pre-set can eliminate unnecessary clicks for providers.<br />
<br />
'''Related Pages'''<br />
*[[V11 Result Note for Upgrade]]<br />
*[[Personalize Settings for QVerify]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Down_Time&diff=13633Down Time2012-05-15T17:47:50Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Purpose==<br />
The purpose of this standard is to ensure that:<br />
*All users and IT staff are aware of the procedures to be used during an outage<br />
*All users and IT staff are aware of the communication plan for downtimes and outages<br />
<br />
==Requirements==<br />
TouchWorks EMR Downtime Policy & Procedure<br />
<br />
Downtime Communication<br />
#Users should check the IT Service Center status line by calling 1-800-681-2060, option 7. The status line will describe the problem, the next update and the estimated time of repair. If the user suspects a problem and it is not listed on the status line, a new ticket should be generated with the IT Service Center.<br />
#For any known problems, the analyst on-call will send an e-mail (if available) to the EHR Users e-mail distribution group, which should include all physicians, providers, management, and super-users. A page (if available) will also be sent to the designated EHR group.<br />
#In the event of a large scale extended outage in which additional communication is needed, other forms of communication such as conference calls, faxed updates, intranet postings, etc. may be initiated with affiliate administration.<br />
#The proper downtime procedure should be followed according to the level of outage.<br />
<br />
==Levels of Downtime - TouchWorks==<br />
#TouchWorks is completely unavailable on all clinic devices due to a server, network or electrical outage. Users should revert to the downtime procedures.<br />
#The TouchWorks web application is not available due to a Citrix server outage; however, the iPAQs are fully functional. Users should revert to downtime procedures for those functions not available via the iPAQ.<br />
#All wireless devices are non-functional due to a wireless access point outage. This may affect an entire clinic or only portions of a clinic. Users should perform all functions via the web application.<br />
#Printing/faxing are adversely affected due to a server outage or other technical malfunction. Prescriptions should be generated via phone call or paper pad and documented in TouchWorks with an action of “record”. In the event that the issue is limited to specific stores, IT staff will send an e-mail notification with the specific store name.<br />
#Interfaces are down or impaired. Follow individual processes as outlined in this document.<br />
<br />
==Level 1 Outage: Procedure==<br />
TouchWorks is completely unavailable on all clinic devices due to a server, network or electrical outage. Users should revert to the downtime procedures.<br />
<br />
#In preparation for a potential outage, all clinics, at the end of a business day, will print the next day’s provider schedules. A master paper schedule will then be maintained during an outage in which GroupCast is unavailable. Triaging of patients will need to occur for any new requests for appointments. (Please refer to GroupCast downtime instructions in the event of a network or electrical outage.)<br />
#If there is advanced warning of a potential downtime or if another clinic has connectivity and is able to assist, the Patient Snapshot report should be printed for each scheduled patient.<br />
#If a super-bill (charge ticket) cannot be automatically generated, it will be hand-written with the patient’s name, DOB and account #.<br />
#If able to, the front office staff will make a copy of the insurance card. The demographics sheet will be completed, either automatically or manually. All paperwork obtained at check-in will be sent back with the patient, and attached to the downtime form. The pertinent patient information at the top of the clinical downtime form will be completed by the front office staff or the clinical staff. <br />
#All phone messages will be recorded using the clinic’s previous paper process or telephone message pads and later scanned into the Office Notes folder. <br />
#If lab or radiology results are needed, and a paper result is not available, the clinical staff will place a call to the performing lab or radiology site. Outstanding results will be queued in the interface for later import into TouchWorks. If a paper result is available, the results will be distributed to the providers on paper and treated like a non-interfaced result for the purposes of adding manual comments, etc. The paper results should not be scanned, as the results will need to be verified and all comments added once the system is available and the results have interfaced.<br />
#The nurse or clinical assistant will room the patient and complete the appropriate sections of the downtime form. They will need to review the patient’s current meds, allergies and problems and sign the form. (If the Patient Snapshot report was printed pre-downtime, it can be used as a tool to review and update the key information.)<br />
#The physician or provider can complete the downtime form or use Gas-n-Go dictation for acute visit documentation. The preferred method would be the downtime form. Due to limited analog phone lines, the phone dictation system should be reserved for H & P’s or complex visits. (See the iPAQ dictation guide card, available on the TouchWorks intranet site, for information regarding how to use the analog phone dictation system.)<br />
#During brief periods of downtime, it is highly recommended that the information, including the full note, be entered into TouchWorks once available. <br />
#Use the former paper order requisitions when generating referrals, lab, rad or procedure orders. A copy of the order should be kept for later entry into TouchWorks.<br />
#The allergies, problems, medications (including immunizations), vitals, and new prescriptions must be entered into TouchWorks by a clinical staff member after the system becomes available. <br />
#The downtime form should be scanned (when available) into the Office Notes folder and the paper copy destroyed. If the visit was recreated electronically, it is not necessary to scan the form.<br />
#If a refill or prescription is needed, the physician will utilize a script pad or phone in the medication to the pharmacy. If a script pad is used, a copy of the script can be attached to the downtime paperwork. All new scripts should be recorded on the downtime paper form for later entry into TouchWorks.<br />
#Refill requests sent to a clinical assistant or nurse can be phoned into the pharmacy. A paper log with the patient’s name, DOB, account number, and refills should be maintained, and kept for later entry into TouchWorks. The form can be shredded once the information has been entered.<br />
#Please refer to your GroupCast policies for other downtime procedures.<br />
<br />
==Level 2 Outage: Procedure==<br />
A full scale Citrix outage is unlikely; however, if multiple servers are down, it may result in a slowness which forces some users to initiate downtime procedures. The steps below pertain only to those clinics with access to iPAQ devices.<br />
<br />
The TouchWorks web application is not available due to a Citrix server outage; however, the iPAQs are fully functional. Users should revert to downtime procedures for those functions not available via the iPAQ. Follow procedure #1 as outlined above, with the following exceptions:<br />
#The physician/provider can review the allergies, medications, problems, and documents via the iPAQ.<br />
#The physician can add new problems, allergies, and medications via the iPAQ; new immunizations or administered medications should be documented on the downtime form for later entry into TouchWorks.<br />
#The physician could document the visit by using the iPAQ dictation functionality, including the clinical staff’s information indicated on the form.<br />
#New prescriptions and/or refill requests can be generated via the iPAQ if the outage is related to Citrix only; however, the user will not be able to monitor the print/fax queue.<br />
<br />
==Level 3 Outage: Procedure==<br />
All wireless devices are non-functional due to a wireless access point outage. This may affect an entire clinic or only portions of a clinic. Users should perform all functions via the web application on a wired device.<br />
<br />
#All functionality is available using the web application via the desktop. Wireless tablet PC’s, laptops and iPAQs are not functional.<br />
#For users with wireless tablets or laptops, they will need to be plugged into the nearest network jack/port or docked in a wired docking station.<br />
#Desktop dictation or structured notes should be used instead of iPAQ dictation.<br />
<br />
==Level 4 Outage: Procedure==<br />
Printing/faxing are adversely affected due to a server outage or other technical malfunction. Prescriptions should be generated via phone call or paper pad and documented in TouchWorks.<br />
<br />
#All modules and devices are functional with the exception of the ability to print or fax a document or prescription.<br />
#Prescriptions should be documented per usual procedures with an action type of ‘record’. The prescription should then be phoned into the pharmacy. (Schedule I and II drugs may need to be written on a script pad or held until printing functionality is restored.)<br />
#Any prescriptions that were previously marked as ‘retail’ that did not fax prior to or during the downtime will process once the server is functional.<br />
#In the event that there is a faxing issue limited to a specific store, IT staff will send an e-mail notification with the specific store name and preferred method of alternate communication.<br />
<br />
==Level 5 Outage: Procedure==<br />
Practice Management System/Results/Transcription interfaces are down or impaired. Follow individual processes as outlined in this document.<br />
<br />
Practice Management System: <br />
<br />
Established patient in organization: If TouchWorks is not receiving transactions from the PM, the patient’s arrival status will not be updated. Follow clinic back-up procedures for notifying staff of a patient’s arrival. In addition, the provider schedules on the iPAQ and web application will not be up to date.<br />
<br />
Because the patient is accessible via searching for their name, it is still appropriate to document in TouchWorks. When starting a note, the patient appointment may not be available. Please create a new encounter, dated appropriately, to attach to the new note.<br />
<br />
New patient in organization: The patient name or account will not be accessible in TouchWorks. In this instance, utilize the paper downtime form and follow guidelines as outlined in a Level 1 Downtime. <br />
<br />
Results:<br />
#If the results interface is down, new lab and radiology results will not be sent to TouchWorks.<br />
#Please call the respective lab or radiology location for results if they are necessary for the patient encounter and a printed report is not available.<br />
#Lab and radiology results will queue in the interface and arrive in TouchWorks once the outage is resolved.<br />
#If a paper result is available, the results will be distributed to the providers on paper and treated like a non-interfaced result for the purposes of adding manual comments, etc. The paper results should not be scanned, as the results will need to be verified and all comments added once the system is available and the results have interfaced.<br />
<br />
Transcription:<br />
#If the transcription interface is unable to send documents to and from TouchWorks, the dictations will queue in the interface and process once the outage is resolved. Documents will not be available for review or signature until the outage is resolved.<br />
#It is highly recommended that no further dictation markers be processed during a known transcription interface outage. The use of a complete structured note would be the preferred method of documentation.<br />
#Dictations can continue to be processed for later completion by the transcriptionist. If the downtime extends beyond 48 hours, additional communication will be sent to the clinic.<br />
<br />
[[Downtime Form]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order&diff=13503Order2012-04-27T16:46:55Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>=Allscripts Enterprise Order=<br />
The [[Allscripts Enterprise EHR]] Order module captures orders (Lab, Radiology, FU/Referral etc.) and provides the ability for electronic transmission to laboratories and ancillary departments. It includes:<br />
*Order generation and routing<br />
*Automated communicating process<br />
*Personal favorites list of commonly ordered tests<br />
*Personalized order sets<br />
*Ability to link diagnoses to orders<br />
*Default diagnoses and chargeable orders for use with [[Allscripts Enterprise EHR]] Charge module<br />
*Ability to enter new results for an order or amend/edit existing results<br />
<br />
==Schedule Function for Recurring Medication Administration (Written using V11.1.7)==<br />
Orders can be scheduled to occur in the future using the "Schedule" button.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ScheduleButtonLT.png]]<br />
<br />
This button can be particularly useful where patients are receiving medications that are routinely administered in clinic (e.g. B12, testosterone, depo provera). The benefit to using this functionality is that once the order is placed for the medication to be administered on a given schedule (e.g. every three months), the clinical staff can see all of the scheduled orders in the clinical desktop under "Hold for - Administration" with the date that the medication should be administered on.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ScheduleDetailsLT.jpg]]<br />
<br />
The clinical staff can then right click on the order from the clinical desktop, select "Record as Admin", complete the admin details then select "ok."<br />
<br />
[[Image:HoldForAdminLT.jpg]]<br />
<br />
This will complete the order and remove it from the "Hold for - Administration" list. This continues at the designated intervals until no orders are left, at which time a new order <br />
would need to be entered.<br />
<br />
'''Back to:''' [[Beginner's Guide to Allscripts Enterprise EHR]] page.<br />
<br />
'''Related Pages:'''<br />
*[[Auto-Generated (Duplicate) Orders with Interfaced Results]]<br />
*[[Order Concept Dictionary]]<br />
*[[Order Item Dictionary]]<br />
*[[Requested Performing Location]]<br />
*[[SSMT: OID - Orderable Item Dictionary]]<br />
*[[V11 Order and Result Dictionary Build and Synchronization]]<br />
*[[Allscripts Enterprise EHR - Order Synchronization]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=AEEHR_Problem_Linking&diff=13459AEEHR Problem Linking2012-04-24T20:28:54Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Answer */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Question ==<br />
For the Providers who are currently linking their meds to problems, will those connections stay linked when their data is converted from V10 to V11?<br />
<br />
<br />
== Answer ==<br />
The links between meds and problems are supposed to stay connected when the data is converted. There are known instances where the linked medications did not stay linked after the upgrade. These known instances resulted from early conversions and should be fixed by now. Check with your upgrade technician if this is a concern.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=AEEHR_Problem_Linking&diff=13458AEEHR Problem Linking2012-04-24T20:28:29Z<p>Jon.Deitch: /* Answer */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Question ==<br />
For the Providers who are currently linking their meds to problems, will those connections stay linked when their data is converted from V10 to V11?<br />
<br />
<br />
== Answer ==<br />
The links between meds and problems are supposed to stay connected when the data is converted. There are known instances where the linked medications did not stay linked after the upgrade. These known instances resulted from early conversions and this should be fixed. Check with your upgrade technician if this is a concern.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Components_of_a_Note&diff=13431Components of a Note2012-04-23T17:42:37Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Components of Note (E/M Guidelines) ==<br />
<br />
'''Components of a Note -''' <br />
<br />
''To Start With: '' <br />
<br />
''Chief Complaint'': A concise statement describing the symptom, problem, condition, diagnosis or other factor that is the reason for the encounter, usually stated in the patient’s words.<br />
<br />
''Counseling'': A discussion with a patient and/or family concerning one or more of the following areas: diagnostic results; impressions and/or recommended diagnostic studies; prognosis; risks and benefits of treatment options; instructions for treatment and/or follow up; importance of compliance; risk factor reduction; patient and family education of [http://www.research-service.com/custom-essay-writing.html custom essay]. <br />
<br />
'''Evaluation and Management Services Consists of 3 Key Components:'''<br />
<br />
– History<br />
– Examination<br />
– Medical Decision Making (MDM)<br />
<br />
''Other Factors:''<br />
<br />
Counseling, coordination of care, nature of presenting problem and time.<br />
<br />
'''New Patient''': Must have 3 out of 3 components<br />
<br />
'''Established Patient''': Must have 2 out of 3 components<br />
<br />
'''History Section of the Note:''' <br />
<br />
• History of Present Illness (HPI) <br />
<br />
• Past, Family & Social History (PFSH)<br />
<br />
• Review of Systems (ROS)<br />
<br />
'''[[HPI]] Components:''' <br />
<br />
• Context – worsening, chronic, recurrent<br />
<br />
• Quality – sharp or dull pain<br />
<br />
• Severity – mild, moderate or extreme<br />
<br />
• Timing – during exercise, at night, etc.<br />
<br />
• Modifying factors – heat/cold, rest, limb elevation<br />
<br />
• Duration – for the last ___ yrs, getting worse over the last ___ months<br />
<br />
HPI Criteria: Brief 1-3 Elements Extended > 3 Elements<br />
<br />
'''Past, Family and/or Social History Section'''<br />
<br />
• The PFSH consists of a review of these areas:<br />
<br />
– Past History (the patient’s past experiences with illnesses, operations, injuries and treatments)<br />
<br />
– Family History (a review of medical events in the patient’s family, including diseases which may be hereditary or which place the patient at risk)<br />
<br />
– Social History (an age appropriate review of past and current activities)<br />
Two levels of PFSH<br />
<br />
• Pertinent: at least one specific item from any of the three history areas must be documented<br />
<br />
• Complete: at least one specific item from each of the three history areas must be documented (New Patient) or at least one specific item from two of the three history areas must be documented (Established Patient) <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Review of Systems (ROS)'''<br />
<br />
• A ROS is an inventory of body systems obtained through a series of questions seeking to identify signs and/or symptoms which the patient may be experiencing or has experienced. This information is considered subjective vs. the objective information obtained through they provider's physical examination.<br />
<br />
Those Body Systems Include the Following:<br />
<br />
• Constitutional<br />
<br />
• Eyes<br />
<br />
• ENT<br />
<br />
• Cardio<br />
<br />
• Respiratory<br />
<br />
• Gastro<br />
<br />
• Musculoskeletal<br />
<br />
• Integumentary <br />
<br />
• Neurological<br />
<br />
• Psychiatric<br />
<br />
• Endocrine<br />
<br />
• Hema/Lymph<br />
<br />
• Allergy/Immunology<br />
<br />
'''Three Levels of ROS'''<br />
<br />
Problem Pertinent 1 System<br />
<br />
Extended 2-9 Systems<br />
<br />
Complete 10 Systems<br />
<br />
Guidelines for ROS:<br />
<br />
• The patient’s positive responses and pertinent negatives for the system related to the problem should be documented.<br />
<br />
• For a complete ROS, those systems with positive or pertinent negative responses must be individually documented. For the remaining systems, a notation indicating all other systems are negative is permissible. In the absence of such a notation, a least 10 systems must be individually documented. <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Physical Examination'''<br />
<br />
'''Four levels of service:'''<br />
<br />
1. Problem Focused = 1-5 elements in one or more organ system(s) or body area(s)<br />
<br />
2. Expanded Problem Focused = 6-11 elements<br />
<br />
3. Detailed = 12 or more elements<br />
<br />
4. Comprehensive = Complete single organ system exam or multi-general system exam<br />
<br />
Recognized Organ Systems:<br />
• Constitutional (3 vital signs, general appearance)<br />
• Eyes<br />
• ENT<br />
• Cardiovascular<br />
• Respiratory<br />
• Gastrointestinal<br />
• Genitourinary<br />
• Musculoskeletal<br />
• Skin<br />
• Neurologic<br />
• Psychiatric<br />
• Hematologic/Lymphatic/Immunologic<br />
<br />
'''Final Documentation/Coding Component:'''<br />
<br />
Medical decision making refers to the complexity of establishing a diagnosis and/or selecting a management option as measured by:<br />
<br />
• The amount and/or complexity of medical records, diagnostic tests, and/or other information that must be obtained, reviewed and analyzed.<br />
<br />
• The risk of significant complications, morbidity and/or mortality, as well as comorbidities, associated with the patient’s presenting problem(s), the diagnostic procedure(s) and/or the possible management options.<br />
<br />
• The number of possible diagnoses and/or the number of management options that must be considered.<br />
<br />
'''And finally, when does time become a factor?'''<br />
<br />
In the case where counseling and/or coordination of care dominates (more than 50%) the physician/patient and/or family encounter (face to face time in the office or other outpatient setting), time is considered the key or controlling factor to qualify for a particular level of E/M service.<br />
<br />
[[What is a SOAP Note?]]</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13311Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:14:14Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 3:Associating an Order Type to an RPL]]<br />
<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
''a.''For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
''b.''For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
''c.''For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 6:Associating RPL PickLists to Particular Orders]]<br />
<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13310Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:13:39Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 3:Associating an Order Type to an RPL]]<br />
<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
''a.''For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
''b.''For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
''c.''For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 6:Associating RPL PickLists to Particular Orders]]<br />
<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13309Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:12:22Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 3:Associating an Order Type to an RPL]]<br />
<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
a.For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
b.For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
c.For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Step 6:Associating RPL PickLists to Particular Orders]]<br />
<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13308Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:09:54Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg|200px|thumb|Center|Associating an Order Type to an RPL]]<br />
<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
a.For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
b.For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
c.For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=File:Order_Type_Mapping2.jpg&diff=13307File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg2012-04-10T16:06:17Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=File:Order_Type_Mapping1.jpg&diff=13306File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg2012-04-10T16:05:00Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13305Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:04:15Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg]]<br />
<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
a.For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
b.For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
c.For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg]]<br />
<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13304Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:03:15Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg]]<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
a.For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
b.For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
c.For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg]]<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitchhttps://wiki.galenhealthcare.com/index.php?title=Order_Type_Mapping&diff=13303Order Type Mapping2012-04-10T16:02:36Z<p>Jon.Deitch: </p>
<hr />
<div>[['''''Order Type Mapping''''']]<br />
'''Introduction'''<br />
<br />
Order Type Mapping is a way to organize orderable items so they can be filtered in an ACI search by requested performing location. This is accomplished by associating a default RPL pick list with a given orderable via SSMT. It is the contents of the pick list that drives search results when a “To Be Performed” filter is selected. In addition, we also must associate one or multiple order types with a given RPL (Examples: Laboratories, Dx Imaging, follow up, and supplies). This is completed in the “Order Type Mapping Field” which is a subsection of every RPL dictionary entry. Select an entry in the RPL dictionary by clicking on its name. Scroll down and click on the “Order Type Mapping” hyperlink. We now have the option to associate any of the listed order types with a particular requested performing location. On the front end of Enterprise, this creates an additional search filter under the drop down “To Be Performed” for orderables in the ACI. We can now filter search results based on where they are performed.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Method'''<br />
<br />
For the purpose of demonstrating this functionality, we wanted to create orders that were unique to Quest and LabCorp respectively, in addition to an order that could go to both performing locations. We have picked 3 orderable items to be used as examples: HbA1C (can be sent to both Quest and LabCorp), CBC w/ Partial Differential (Can be sent to Quest Only), and Blood Glucose (Can be sent to LabCorp only). We thought this would be useful in showing how we can isolate search results using the Where Performed filter. We tested this in our Galen Test System (AHStrain 8) Our process was as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
1. Create 3 RPL pick list:. 1 for Quest, 1 for LabCorp, and 1 that contains both Quest and LabCorp as options (we called this “Both”)<br />
2. For the RPL Dictionary entry for Quest scroll down to the sub-section “Order Type Mapping” and click on the blue hyperlink with the same name. A dialogue box will present itself.<br />
3. Associate the RPL of Quest with the order type of “Laboratory”, in this dialogue box.<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping1.jpg]]<br />
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the RPL entry of LabCorp.<br />
5. Perform an SSMT extraction from “OID-Order Defaults- Insurance/Patient Location/ Site” Parent class filter “Laboratory”, paste into text-formatted spreadsheet.<br />
6.Locate the above orderable items in the spreadsheet, and under the column “ReqPerfLocationPickList ” add the following:<br />
a.For HbA1C, enter “Both” as the pick list<br />
b.For CBCw/ Partial Differential, enter Quest <br />
c.For Blood Glucose, enter LabCorp<br />
[[File:Order Type Mapping2.jpg]]<br />
7. Load our updated spreadsheet back into the system.<br />
8. We should now have a good example of order type mapping available for demonstration in our test system<br />
9. Navigate to the front end and select a “To Be Performed” search filter option in the ACI. We can now filter search results by RPL.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conclusion'''<br />
In summary, the Order Type Mapping functionality is expressed on the front end of Enterprise as an RPL search filter in the ACI workspace. On the back end, by associating a given RPL dictionary entry with an order type, this search filter becomes visible to the end user.. When the Order Type Mapping sub-field is empty for all RPL dictionary entries, the option to filter search results by RPL on the front end becomes unavailable.</div>Jon.Deitch